Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Furnishings, Fixtures & Appliances / Davide Campari

Davide Campari

cpr · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker cpr
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Furnishings, Fixtures & Appliances
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Davide Campari
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
C

a

r

p

e

t

r

i

g

h

t

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

a

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

7

Annual report and accounts 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
Index 

Strategic report
Introduction
At a glance
Chairman’s statement
Our market
Our business model
Our strategic priorities
Chief Executive’s review
In conversation with the Chief Executive
Measuring our performance
Financial review
Managing risk
Principal risks and uncertainties
Corporate responsibility

Directors’ report
Board of Directors
Corporate governance
Audit Committee report
Directors’ remuneration report
Other information

Financial statements
Consolidated income statement 
Consolidated statement of  
comprehensive income
Statements of change in equity 
Balance sheets
Statements of cash flow 
Notes to the financial statements
Group five-year financial summary
Independent auditors’ report

Shareholder information
Calendar
Advisers

1
2
3
4
5
6
10
14
16
17
24
26
28

30
32
35
39
61

65

65
66
67
68
69
102
103

109
109

Carpetright is Europe’s leading specialist retailer of floorcoverings 
and beds in the domestic home improvement market.
Our primary business objective is to help customers transform 
their homes with our products and services delivered through an 
integrated multi-channel proposition. 
Through this we will maximise value for our shareholders by 
delivering long-term sustainable growth in earnings per share 
and cash flow.

We’re honest and straightforward
We care about customers and colleagues
We make it easy

Details of our strategy, including a strategic update, can be found on pages 10 to 13 of this report.

This Strategic Report was 
approved by the Board of Directors 
on 26 June 2017 and was signed 
on its behalf by Jeremy Sampson 
– Company Secretary and 
Legal Director.

More online
This report, along with our other 
announcements and stakeholder 
information, can be found on our 
corporate website: carpetright.plc.uk

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

1

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic report 

At a glance

Strategic progress
 – Year of significant operational change and 

investment – strategic plan on track.

 – Accelerated store refurbishment programme 
with 47% of the UK estate trading under  
the new brand identity by period end.   
On track to complete remainder of UK  
estate by end of 2018.

 – Post-investment performance of refurbished 
estate continues to be encouraging with like-
for-like sales up by 6.8% on average.

 – Hard flooring category achieving double 

digit sales growth as it benefits from greater 
strategic focus.

 – Focus on improving customer service 
delivering stronger satisfaction metrics.

 – Further progress made in reducing number  

of underperforming stores:

 – Net nine closures in the UK, reducing  

the estate to 426 stores, a space reduction 
of 1.9%.

 – In Rest of Europe, store base increased  

by a net one but trading space was reduced 
by 2.8%.

 – Rest of Europe refurbishment programme  
has been extended to a further nine stores 
following a successful trial.

Financial highlights

Group 
 – Group revenue increased to £457.6m 

(2016: £456.8m).

 – Underlying profit before tax of 

£14.4m (2016: £18.3m), in line with 
market expectations.

 – Year-end net debt position of £9.8m 

(2016: £1.1m) reflects investment in the 
accelerated store refurbishment programme.

 – Separately reported items of £13.5m 
(2016: £5.5m), primarily related to  
increased onerous lease cost provisions  
on loss-making stores.

 – Statutory profit before tax of £0.9m 

(2016: £12.8m).

UK
 – Significant improvement in performance in 
the second half – re-establishing trading 
momentum after a difficult first six months.

 – Like-for-like sales in the second half increased 
by 1.8% partially mitigating the decline of 2.8% 
experienced in the first half, to give a full year 
decline of 0.5% (2016: 2.8% growth).

 – Underlying operating profit of £10.7m 

(2016: £17.8m) with reduction reflecting 
sterling depreciation impact and margin effect 
of measures to address increased competition.

Rest of Europe
 – Like-for-like sales growth of 2.5% 

(2016: 4.8%). 

 – Improvement in underlying operating  

profit to £5.7m (2016: £2.5m).

The financial period for 2017 represents the 52 weeks ended 29 April 2017. The comparative financial period for 2016 was the 52 weeks ended 30 April 2016.

The Group uses a number of Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) in addition to those reported in accordance with IFRS, the definitions of these can be found 
on page 70.

2

|  Annual report and accounts 2017

Chairman’s statement

Results and dividend
Total revenue for the year ended 
29 April 2017 increased by 0.2% to 
£457.6m (2016: £456.8m), reflecting 
further store closures as we continued 
to rationalise our estate.  In challenging 
market conditions, UK like-for-like sales 
declined by 0.5% with an increase of 2.5% 
in the Rest of Europe.  Underlying profit 
before tax decreased by 21.3% to £14.4m 
(2016: £18.3m).  After the impact of 
separately reported items, statutory profit 
before tax was £0.9m (2016: £12.8m).  
Underlying earnings per share decreased 
to 16.4p (2016: 20.8p) and basic earnings 
per share were 1.0p (2016: 14.9p).

The Board continue to prioritise the use of 
cash for the acceleration of the strategy 
by investing further in the existing store 
estate, while also reducing the fixed 
occupancy costs as quickly as possible.  
As a result, it has taken the decision not 
to pay a final dividend (2016: nil).  Based 
on our current outlook we do not expect 
this position to change in the current 
financial year.

The Board
The composition of the Board was 
unchanged in the year.  Much of our 
time has been spent overseeing the 
implementation of multiple strategic 
initiatives and providing an appropriate 
level of challenge to the executive on the 
Group’s response to the tougher trading 
conditions.  Further details of the Board’s 
work can be found in the Directors’ report 
starting on page 30 of this Annual Report.

Our people
On behalf of the Board, I would like to 
thank the more than 3,000 colleagues 
working in our stores, distribution centre 
and support offices for their hard work 
and dedication across the year.  Their 
commitment to delivering outstanding 
service to our customers is endorsed by 
increased levels of customer satisfaction 
as measured by our Net Promoter Score.   
I am delighted that a significant number 
of our colleagues now participate in our 
SAYE share schemes, enabling them to 
share in our future success.

Summary and outlook
In common with other retailers in the home 
improvement sector in the UK, we have 
experienced more challenging trading 
conditions over recent months.  We are 
expecting the consumer environment to 
remain equally testing in the year ahead 
as the uncertainties created by the UK’s 
decision to leave the EU persist.  Delivering 
a turnaround in these conditions is not 
easy, but we continue to believe that the 
strategic plan we are implementing will 
ensure the business better capitalises 
on its market leading position and 
provides resilience against weaker 
trading conditions.

While we cannot control external market 
conditions, we have a wide-ranging 
programme of self-help measures on 
which to concentrate and we believe these 
have significant potential to improve the 
performance of the Group.  I am confident 
that these will deliver long-term profitable 
growth for the benefit of our shareholders.

Bob Ivell
Chairman

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

3

Bob Ivell
Chairman

Overview
In a challenging year characterised by 
both political and economic turbulence, 
I am pleased to report that the Group 
made good progress in implementing 
the programme of strategic initiatives to 
extend the appeal of the Carpetright brand 
and to address the significant legacy 
issues within its property estate.  The 
acceleration of the refurbishment 
programme extended it to over 40% of 
UK stores by year end, well ahead of the 
original target, and is a great example of 
the pace and energy the executive team 
is bringing to these initiatives.  Recent 
evidence shows that retailers must adapt 
to combat tougher trading conditions.   
With this in mind, we know we 
need to continue to innovate as we 
strive to differentiate ourselves from 
the competition.

While there is much left to do, we made 
tangible progress across the year in 
key areas such as product offering, 
promotional effectiveness, brand 
perception, store standards and customer 
service.  The strategic update on pages 
6 to 16 provides more details on our 
progress against our plan.

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic report continued

Our market

Overview
Our market is highly fragmented, with 
approximately 4,000 floorcoverings 
businesses.  Current estimates place the 
UK market at £2.0bn per annum for the 
calendar year to December 2017, placing 
ourselves as the market leader with a 
share of around 20%.

The nature of our product means that the 
vast majority of customers prefer to visit 
a store to make their purchase, to give 
them the opportunity to see and touch 
their choice of floorcovering.  However, 
the internet is playing an ever-increasing 
role in pre-purchase behaviour, becoming 
a vital research tool for many customers, 
and the rapid growth of smart phone 
and tablet use underlines the importance 
of having an effective and integrated 
digital proposition.

Product ranges
Whilst carpet remains the dominant 
product category in floorcoverings, we 

have historically over-indexed on carpet 
product ranges relative to wider market 
preferences.  We are redressing this 
bias by substantially extending our offer 
in the hard flooring area to better reflect 
consumer tastes.

In our UK business, beds provides an 
important complementary revenue stream 
to our core floorcoverings offer and we 
believe this category has significant further 
growth potential.  The total beds and 
bedding market is estimated at £3.2bn 
and our market penetration, whilst low, 
is growing steadily as we establish our 
credentials in this competitive sector.

Macroeconomic indicators
The period of sustained economic 
uncertainty has been especially 
challenging for the floorcoverings 
sector in the UK, with fragile consumer 
confidence and shoppers deferring big 
ticket purchases.

Whilst macroeconomic indicators in 
Belgium remained fragile, the Netherlands 
and the Republic of Ireland experienced 
a recovery in market conditions with an 
increase in reported consumer confidence 
and encouraging economic benchmarks.

We see moving house as a key stimulant 
of demand and a potential lead indicator 
of activity in the home improvement sector.  
Having grown steadily from 2013 to early 
2015, UK housing transactions were then 
relatively flat through to February 2016.

During this financial year transactions 
have declined by around 10% to a monthly 
average of 98,000 as at April 2017 down 
from 109,000 in April 2016.

Consumer confidence
Consumer confidence, which has been 
fragile for some time, remains a key 
driver of our performance.  During the 
course of the financial year the average 
level of consumer confidence was 
-5, which compares to +2 in the prior 
year comparative.

UK Floorcoverings market size1

GfK consumer confidence index2 

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

n
b
£

e
z

i

s

t
e
k
r
a
m
K
U

2.0

1.6

2.0

2.1

2.1

2.3

2.1

-1.0

2.0

-1.8

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

10

5

0

-5

-10

%
e
t
a
r
h
t
w
o
r
g
r
a
e
y
-
n
o
-
r
a
e
Y

10
5
0
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
-30
-35
-40

e
c
n
e
d
fi
n
o
c

r
e
m
u
s
n
o
C

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

UK floorcoverings market by category3

UK housing transactions  
(rolling 12 months, over £40k)4

%
8
.
6
8

%
8
.
7
5

%
7
.
3
2

%
5
.
1
1

%
2
0

.

%
9
3

.

%
0
.
8

%
5
3

.

%
5
3

.

%
0
1

.

Carpet

Market

Wood

Laminate

Vinyl

Other

Carpetright

i

%
x
m
y
r
o
g
e
t
a
C

100

75

50

25

0

Sources:

1.  GlobalData, 2.  GfK, 3.  Mintel, 4.  HMRC

4

|  Annual report and accounts 2017

s
n
o
i
t
c
a
s
n
a
r
T

160,000

140,000

120,000

100,000

80,000

60,000

40,000

%

40
30
20
10
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60

%
e
t
a
r

h
t
w
o
r
g
r
a
e
y
-
n
o
-
r
a
e
Y

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Rolling 12 month total transactions

Growth rate

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our business model

We want to help our customers transform their homes.  We will achieve this by delivering our 
products and services and in doing so create value for our customers, our shareholders, our 
colleagues and our suppliers.

Our customers

The journey starts  
by understanding  
our customers’ needs

Confidence in dealing with a retailer 
who provides an enjoyable shopping 
experience, has a good reputation and 
in whom they can trust

We meet those needs  
every step of the way

We achieve this by  
delivering on our strategy

We are honest and straightforward  
and we care about customers  
and colleagues

Who we are: We are working hard to 
transform our brand, culture, values 
and corporate identity

See p6 for more information

Offers a great range of floorcoverings to 
choose from within their budget

We provide inspirational ranges, across 
the spectrum of product categories, 
that meet customers’ needs

What we sell: We are broadening 
our total floorcovering range to meet 
customer demand

See p7 for more information

Understand the value and quality of 
service they expect

We offer compelling value and easy 
payment methods alongside services 
that make selecting and installing new 
flooring an easy, pain-free process

How we sell: We are embedding 
product training, customer service 
standards, interest free credit and 
a host of other initiatives 

Recognise that convenience and 
accessibility play a role

We operate national networks of 
stores, in each of the countries we 
trade, supported by country-specific 
transactional websites

See p8 for more information

Where we sell: We are repositioning 
our stores estate, allowing customers 
to access our products in a 
contemporary and welcoming  
retail environment

See p9 for more information

Value creation

Customers

Colleagues

Shareholders

Suppliers

We transform our 
customers’ homes with 
high quality, inspirational 
products and great value

We provide a rewarding 
work environment which 
is fair, open, and provides 
opportunities to develop

We are re-building the 
business to deliver long-
term growth for the benefit 
of our shareholders

We work collaboratively 
to bring great products to 
market 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

5

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic report continued

Our strategic priorities

Who we are

Our stores, the brand and our people

read more about our strategy on pages 10 to 13

Achievements in 2017

 – Refurbished 160 stores in the UK

 – Refurbished nine stores in the  

Netherlands and Belgium

 – Recruited Lucy Alexander as  

Brand Ambassador

 – Secured “Which? Trusted Trader”  
status for our recommended fitters

 – Introduced a new colleague uniform

 – Launched ‘Fuse’ – internal training  

and communication tool

 – Rebadged the transport fleet  

with new brand livery

Objectives for 2018

 – Refurbish a further 70 stores  

in the UK

 – Refurbish a further 20 stores  

in the Netherlands and Belgium

 – Launch a Carpetright Store  

Managers’ Academy

6

|  Annual report and accounts 2017

What we sell

An unrivalled choice of floorcoverings

Achievements in 2017

 – Extended the ‘House Beautiful’  

exclusive range

 – Achieved double digit growth in  

laminate, LVT and engineered wood

 – Re-introduced curtains and blinds  
to the Netherlands and Belgium

Kahrs Unity 
Park Wood 
Flooring

Kahrs Artisan 
Collection Oak 
Rye Wood 
Flooring

Kahrs Oak 
Chevron Light 
Grey Wood 
Flooring

Objectives for 2018

 – Launch new collection of exclusive  

products under the  ‘Country Living’ brand

 – Extend hard flooring merchandising  

units to more stores

 – Step change the sales contribution of beds 
through re-ranging and re-merchandising

 – Launch a range of artificial grass in the UK

 – New range of underlays, exclusive  

to Carpetright

 – Launch an extended range of premium 

accessories, branded ‘Finishing Touches’

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

7

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic report continued

Our strategic priorities

How we sell

Making the process easy with 
unbeatable value

Achievements in 2017

 – Increased the Net Promoter Score  

from 71% to 75%

 – Increased the sales penetration of  

interest free credit 

 – Introduced ‘uplift & disposal’  
service nationwide in the UK

 – Retrained all our UK Home Flooring  

Surveyors, investing in technology to  
improve the customer experience

 – Increased the average transaction  

value by 11%

Objectives for 2018

 – Developed ‘Fuse’ to robustly deliver  

selling skills to improve the consistency  
of the customer experience

 – Improve the customer service metrics  
across stores, surveyors and fitters

 – Upgrade all hardware and networks  

in the stores in the Netherlands and Belgium 

 – Introduce and integrated customer  

relationship management system in the UK

8

|  Annual report and accounts 2017

Where we sell

Multi-channel convenience and improving 
the quality of the store portfolio

Achievements in 2017

 – In UK, opened 8 new and closed  

17 underperforming stores

 – In the Netherlands and Belgium,  

opened 6 and closed 5  
underperforming stores

 – Achieved online sales growth  

of 74%

 – Introduced online ‘visualiser’

 – Enabled facility for customers to buy  

online using interest free credit

 – Introduced functionality for customers  
to be able to book a surveyor visit  
to their home online 

Objectives for 2018

 – Exit lease liabilities of a further 20 
underperforming stores in the UK

 – Introduce the functionality to  

enable customers to pay outstanding 
balances online

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

9

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic report continued

Chief Executive’s review

As we move into the third year of our 
transformation of Carpetright, we are 
maintaining the consistency of our 
strategic direction which has been to 
focus exclusively on:

 – Who we are – our stores, the brand 

and our people

 – What we sell – an unrivalled choice 

of floorcoverings

 – How we sell – making the process 

easy with unbeatable value

 – Where we sell – multi-channel 

convenience and improving the quality 
of the store portfolio

This proven strategy is supported by 
clear, uncomplicated principles that 
are applied consistently throughout the 
business, specifically:

 – We are honest and straightforward

 – We care about customers and 

colleagues

 – We make it easy

We review the progress made across the 
year in each area of strategic focus in the 
following sections:

Who we are
Our principles are the essence of 
our Group-wide ‘We are Carpetright’ 
initiative, which is driving cultural change 
throughout the business with the aim 
of updating customers’ perceptions of 
the brand.  This work is central to our 
success, as we modernise the store estate 
and the way we do things around here.

Refurbishment of the store estate and 
introduction of our new branding and 
store-fit was a major focus during the year.  
By the end of April 2017, we had 199 
stores in the UK trading under the new 
brand identity, some 47% of the estate, 
completing 160 refurbishments during 
the year, more than our original target 
having accelerated the programme twice 
in the course of the period.  This work 
ranged from introducing new signage 
and a sample area for carpet in stores 
that make a smaller profit, through 
to full refurbishment of larger, highly 
profitable stores, or stores where we 
are tackling new competition.  In these 

latter two cases, the introduction of 
our new ‘Graphite’ store-fit is proving 
highly successful in regenerating sales 
growth.  As a group, refurbished stores 
delivered like-for-like sales growth of 
6.8% in the final quarter of the year, 
markedly higher than the un-invested 
estate (Including stores refurbished 
expressly to meet new competition this 
figure would be 5.0% growth).  This gives 
us confidence to press ahead with the 
investment programme.  We are aiming 
to have completed the remainder of the 
UK estate with some form of additional 
investment (at a minimum, re-branding 
with the new identity) by December 2018.

We have a similar programme underway 
to address the un-invested estate in the 
Netherlands and Belgium.  As at the 
end of April 2017, we had refurbished 
an initial nine stores and they have 
achieved excellent sales growth post-
refurbishment.  We see this as a 
significant opportunity to increase share 
and profitability and are in the process 
of refurbishing a further twelve stores by 
the end of July 2017.  If we can achieve 
similar levels of sales growth, we will look 
to accelerate the programme across the 
remaining stores in the Netherlands and 
Belgium during the coming months.

Further improving our reputation and 
being readily identified as a brand that 
customers can trust is vital to Carpetright’s 
future success.  Our recruitment of 
Lucy Alexander, previously a presenter 
on BBC TV’s cult home improvement 
programme ‘Homes under the Hammer’, 
as Carpetright Brand Ambassador in the 
summer of 2016 has been a key initiative 
in this area.  We have supported this 
move with extensive brand sponsorship 
on UKTV featuring Lucy, who is a credible 
home improvement personality.  Customer 
research shows this activity is yielding 
positive results on brand metrics such 
as awareness, trust and consideration.

Equally, Carpetright achieving 
‘Which? Trusted Trader’ status for our 
recommended fitting service is another 
important element to improving brand 
perception and ‘Making it Easy’.  This 
standard gives potential customers the 
comfort that the final and most important 

Wilf Walsh
Chief Executive

“The way we train, communicate  
and reward our frontline staff 
remains a key priority in making 
sure we are the first choice for  
the floorcoverings consumer, 
every time.”

10 |  Annual report and accounts 2017

part of the customer journey, the fitting, 
and that “ta da” moment, is going to 
be carried out by carefully selected and 
properly assessed trades people. ‘Who we 
are’ also incorporates our new colleague 
uniform which was successfully rolled out 
last year to give teams a comfortable, 
contemporary identity.

It also covers our culture and the way 
we train and talk with our colleagues.  
To this end we have introduced ‘Fuse’, 
which is a brand new internal training and 
communications tool, built around a single 
platform for mobile, social and programme 
learning and development as well as 
internal communications.  The training 
element covers everything from “the 
basics”, through product knowledge, 
as well as customer service and selling 
skills.  It is also a tool to encourage 
ongoing management development and 
Fuse will be at the heart of our launch of a 
Carpetright Managers’ Academy in 2017.

Video based communication offers a 
much more dynamic live update for store 
colleagues.  The ‘Staff Room’ element on 
Fuse allows for open feedback from staff 
that will help us improve, by being honest 
and straightforward with each other and 
accepting of constructive criticism.

What we sell
The floorcoverings market does not stand 
still.  Through market research we know 
consumer tastes are changing and they 
tell us what they want to buy for their 
home.  The UK market is currently split 
60/40 on carpets versus hard flooring, 
while Carpetright, because of its heritage, 
has a split of 90/10 in favour of carpet.

Our move over recent years to increase 
our share of the hard flooring market 
is already well documented.  We have 
enjoyed particularly good growth in hard 
flooring as we have introduced ranges 
into all of our stores, with a clear product 
and price architecture, for customers from 
budget spend right through to £100 per 
square metre and over, with sufficient 
cross-over between categories to allow 
customers to trade up if they choose:

 – Vinyl – from roll stock, for the take 
away and DIY market, to premium 
quality sample vinyl which is specifically 
ordered for professional fitting;

 – Laminate – again in the budget, DIY 
take away form or in a new range of 
sampled product for third party fitting;

 – Luxury Vinyl Tile (LVT) has now been 

introduced across the estate, becoming 

our fastest growing category (albeit 
from a low base), offering customers 
the natural look of wood or stone but 
with the features and benefits of easy 
to maintain vinyl; and

 – Engineered Wood – a superior and 
more stable product than traditional 
solid wood, supplied to us by Kahrs, 
the leading Swedish supplier of 
environmentally friendly and sustainable 
flooring products.

In carpet, we continue to strengthen our 
range authority as market leader, with 
a focus on all budgets, from £2.99 per 
square metre roll stock in our ‘Essentials’ 
range through to outstanding quality wool 
carpets from British manufacturers such 
as Westex, Brintons and Ulster.

We have identified an opportunity to create 
exclusives that allow for differentiation 
of Carpetright versus the independent 
sector and our national competitors.  In 
this space the ‘House Beautiful Collection’ 
has been an outstanding success with 
the recent addition of a new velvet-
style polyamide twist.  Exclusive ranges 
accounted for 3.2% of sales in the final 
quarter of the year, up from 1.9% in the 
comparable prior year period.

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

11

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic report continued

Chief Executive’s review continued

We will be launching a new collection 
of products under the popular and well 
recognised ‘Country Living’ brand before 
the end of 2017 in collaboration with this 
leading lifestyle magazine.

Our buying team has also begun to take 
a more creative and proactive approach 
to anticipating interiors fashion trends, 
with the introduction of more design-
led products that customers currently 
favour, including more bright colour 
options alongside blue, blush tones 
and dusty pastels.

In the UK, we began selling beds in 2009 
and the business has grown to represent 
9.2% of total sales, with beds being 
merchandised in 253 of our stores.  Whilst 
we have delivered sales growth in the year, 
we believe a significant opportunity exists 
to grow this category faster.  Through a 
programme of significant re-ranging and 
merchandising, supported by additional 
training, we are confident of delivering a 
step change in the sales contribution from 
the bed category, starting in the current 
financial year.

In the Netherlands and Belgium, we have 
re-introduced a range of curtains and 
blinds.  This range is now available in 88 
stores and represented 4.7% of the total 
sales mix by the end of the financial year.

How we sell
As part of our plan to keep it simple, 
the performance of our store colleagues 
is measured on a small number of 
straightforward KPIs designed to increase 
the quality of the sale, both in terms of 
customer service and value.  The success 
of this programme is demonstrated by our 
average transaction values, which grew by 
11% in the year. 

As a simple guide, where a store team 
delivers 15% or more interest free 
credit participation, 50% plus underlay 
penetration and 75% or more “highly 
satisfied” responses under ‘Do We 
Measure Up?’ surveys, they can, on 
average, expect to deliver like-for-like sales 
growth 3% ahead of the total UK estate.

As always, our biggest challenge is 
achieving consistency and narrowing 
variance between the very best 

12 |  Annual report and accounts 2017

performing stores and under-performing 
units.  Customer service is central to this 
effort, to ensure we deliver an enviable 
reputation for service in what is, potentially, 
a lengthy customer journey with lots of 
moving parts.  Our Net Promoter Score 
has improved significantly to 75% from 
71% across the year.  As it stands, 96% 
of our customers are at least “satisfied”, 
as are 91% who experience our Home 
Flooring Surveyors and 85% of those who 
deal with recommended fitters.  We remain 
focused on driving these metrics higher, 
particularly those in the latter area where 
we should be getting higher scores.

In simple terms, “highly satisfied” 
customers spend 3.4 times more on 
average and are significantly more likely 
to recommend Carpetright.

Across the Group, customer needs and 
technology changes are continuing to 
drive the need to deliver a fully integrated 
omnichannel shopping experience.  
We plan to invest in technology that 
enables our customers to interact with 
us throughout their buying journey on 
any device or physical outlet; uses 
information to make decisions easy 
for the customer; delivers a simple 
environment for our colleagues with 
the right tools; and establishes robust 
data security and controls.  In 2016, we 
invested in upgrading our store hardware 
and networks in the UK and are now 
extending this to the Netherlands and 
Belgium.  We will also be implementing 
an integrated customer relationship 
management system in the UK within 
the next twelve months.

Where we sell
In Carpetright we have too many stores 
on too many unsustainable long leases 
that severely impact our overall profitability.  
We continue to address this challenge 
with vigour.

In the UK, the last twelve months was 
another year of progress as we opened 
eight stores, closed 17, including three 
relocations, to leave a total of 426 stores 
(2016: 435 stores).  The new stores, 
opened in areas where we have long been 
under-represented, including Bath, Leeds 

and Liverpool, and have all delivered 
encouraging initial performances.  As a 
result, we now trade from 3,691,000 sq ft 
of retail space in the UK (2016: 3,763,000 
sq ft), a 1.9% reduction year-on-year.

Our progress in the last five years on 
improving the quality of our UK store 
estate and reducing overall store numbers 
has been significant and we aim to have 
reduced the total to below 400 stores by 
this time next year.  Where we close or 
downsize stores, we are almost always 
able to redeploy existing staff locally.

We continue to take a robust view at lease 
renewal, which provides the opportunity 
to secure lower rents for future years.  
Within the next five years 48% of the UK 
estate has a lease renewal scheduled, 
providing further opportunity to reduce 
the fixed store operating costs or to exit 
underperforming stores.  As at April 2017, 
the average length of lease had fallen to 
5.5 years (2016: 6.3 years).

In the Rest of Europe, we opened 
six stores and closed five, including 
four relocations during the year, to 
leave a total of 138 stores (2016: 137 
stores).  Consequently, we now trade 
from 1,360,000 sq ft of retail space 
(2016: 1,387,000 sq ft), a 2.0% 
reduction year-on-year.  In line with 
the UK activity, discussions are being 
held with landlords in respect of lease 
renewals and this process is delivering 
rental reductions.  The potential to 
secure reductions is generally dictated 
by the average length of lease remaining; 
with this being 2.8 years (2016: 2.6 
years) in the Netherlands and 1.8 years 
(2016: 2.3 years) in Belgium.  In the 
Republic of Ireland this period is 8.1 years 
(2016: 9.1 years), reflecting the agreement 
of long-term deals during the expansion 
into this market in the period from 2001 
to 2008.

Our progress in this area is delivering 
an improvement in profitability.  Whilst 
this activity can incur a cash cost to exit 
leases, either by assigning to new tenants 
or returning the property to landlords, 
by taking this robust approach we are 
confident we are getting an acceptable 
financial return.

may well become a more difficult trading 
environment, with ongoing uncertainty 
over consumer spending and inflationary 
pressures.  We are confident that whatever 
the external environment we can increase 
our market share.

After a testing twelve months not lacking 
in excitement, I am grateful to the Board 
for their support and counsel and my 
thanks of course go to everyone in the 
store support offices in both Purfleet 
and Utrecht as well as our Regional and 
Divisional Managers across Europe.

My admiration for our store managers 
and sales colleagues who serve the 
customer day in, day out knows no 
bounds.  Everyone in the store support 
offices does an ‘in-store day’ once a 
year, normally during the relatively quiet 
December period when we can cause 
least havoc.  Whether our sales colleagues 
are in Edinburgh, Salford, Exeter, 
Rotterdam, Bruges or Cork, they are all 
doing a demanding job and I am grateful 
for their hard work and dedication.

Our ongoing change of culture is still 
very much in the early stages but the 
way we train, communicate and reward 
our frontline staff remains a key priority 
in making sure we are the first choice for 
the floorcoverings consumer, every time.

We are Carpetright. 

Wilf Walsh 
Chief Executive

We are also acutely aware of the growing 
impact of digital on our business, both 
now and in the medium term.  Sales, 
where the customer journey originated 
online, increased by 13.4% during the 
year, along with sample and appointment 
requests up around 20%.  Over the past 
twelve months we have seen visits to the 
website increase by 14%, a reduction in 
our bounce rate due to improvements in 
the design, and pure online sales increase 
by 74%.  Website revenue is now the 
equivalent of a top turnover store.

Initiatives delivered during the year include:

 – introducing the Carpetright ‘Visualiser’, 
giving the customer the opportunity to 
upload photos of their rooms and see 
how their choice of new floorcovering 
will enhance them by trying different 
product across our extensive ranges;

 – blogs designed to enhance consumer 
knowledge including decorating tips 
and trends with Diana Civil, a leading 
interior stylist;

 – practical videos on how to choose 
products, measure a room, stain 
removal and other tips to enhance 
our authority as market leaders in 
the sector;

 – online guide with Lucy Alexander as to 
how we make it “easy with every step”;

 – ability to book a visit with our Home 

Flooring Surveyors online; and

 – ability to pay for products online using 

interest free credit

Competition
The floorcoverings market in the UK 
has long been a highly competitive 
environment, with the Group facing 
competition from a vibrant independent 
sector and from a number of national and 
regional floorcoverings retailers.  However, 
competition intensified significantly during 
the year when a new national competitor 
rolled out an aggressive store opening 
programme and a number of smaller 
players also began competing more 
actively at a local level.

Our strategy in response to competitor 
activity is simple and it applies in a variety 
of locations, specifically:

 – we refurbish our store with our new 

‘Graphite’ shop fit, effectively minimising 
the potential of any negative store 
environment factor;

 – we ensure the team are appropriately 

resourced for taking on the challenge of 
a new competitor; and

 – we introduce enhanced 

local promotions.

While this impacted our profit 
performance, we firmly believe that the 
cost to the business of failing to meet 
the competitive challenge would be 
considerably greater.

Significantly, while a new competitor 
inevitably steals some sales in the first year 
of operation, once we anniversary their 
store opening we are seeing like-for-like 
sales growth well ahead of the main 
estate.  We believe that this encouraging 
performance demonstrates that the action 
we are taking is working.

Summary
Our primary external challenges over the 
past year were two-fold.  First, the UK’s 
decision to exit the European Union on 
23 June 2016, saw Sterling depreciate 
dramatically against the Euro.  Along with 
our competitors, this eventually made it 
necessary to raise some prices and we 
were able to mitigate this unexpected 
development in the second half of the year.

Second, as discussed above, a new 
entrant came to the market with an 
aggressive store opening programme, 
to which we are responding robustly.

Against this backdrop, we will not be 
diverted from our plan to transform the 
Carpetright business.  The four main 
planks of our strategy remain valid and 
cover all elements of the customer 
journey as well as tackling our legacy 
property issues.  Responding to intensified 
competition has sharpened us up and 
we are relishing the challenge in what 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

13

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic report continued

In conversation with the Chief Executive

What is your view of the 
Group’s performance in  
the year?
Whilst the dramatic depreciation of 
Sterling, and the intensified competitive 
pressures have made it a challenging 
period for the UK business, we have made 
continued progress in the turnaround in 
the Rest of Europe.  The combined result 
has been a decline in overall profitability 
which indicates it has been a tough year.  
That said, we have a clear plan with a 
robust set of actions which I think will 
mitigate some very serious headwinds 
which most retailers are feeling right now.

It’s two years since you 
launched the new strategy 
– how much progress has  
been made?
We are absolutely in the thick of it but 
we are making real progress.  We have 
re-engineered virtually every aspect of 
the business: from the look and feel of 
the brand; the concerted move into hard 
flooring where we under-index versus 
the market; and the drive to improve our 
reputation and customer service.  If you 
add in the number of shops that we have 
refurbished, re-sited, re-sized, or closed 
in the period, along with re-shaping our 
digital offer, it is easy to underestimate 
the size of the task that the team 
has undertaken.

Is the business where you 
planned for it to be at this point?
Not quite in terms of profit delivery for 
the reasons I outline above – but yes, in 
terms of confirming a very clear strategic 
direction and our progress with the 
operational turnaround.

How much further is there 
to go with the plan?
We are barely half way through is my 
considered judgment.  We need to 
rebrand the entire estate and become 
famous for hard flooring and floorcoverings 
in general, not just carpet.  We need to 
ensure our improved customer service 
gets even better and we have to keep 
our focus on reducing store numbers and 
improving the quality of our estate.  The 
good news is that a lot of these initiatives 
are within our gift and are best described 
as “self help”.

What’s worked best so far 
and which areas are proving 
more difficult?
I think we have made very good progress 
in the four main areas of who we are, 
what we sell, how we sell and where 
we sell.  We have obviously had to 
prioritise individual activities as trying 
to land them all overnight is a practical 
impossibility.  Culture change is also 
something that has had to evolve over 
time – when practice becomes ingrained 
over an extended period of time, people 
can become institutionalised and resistant 
to change and addressing that has been 
the biggest challenge.

“We have a clear plan with a robust set of actions  
which I think will mitigate some very serious headwinds  
which most retailers are feeling right now.”

14 |  Annual report and accounts 2017

Has Brexit de-railed your 
recovery plans?
No – although it slowed up the first half 
considerably as Sterling depreciated 
significantly.  We mitigated this in the 
second half through price increases 
and renegotiating with suppliers.  The 
future and how Brexit will look is still 
very uncertain indeed but that applies 
to the whole sector where we and our 
competitors operate.

What criteria should we use 
to judge the Group’s progress 
this year?
It’s all about momentum and assessing 
whether or not the business is focusing 
on the right things.  For me, it’s about the 
quality of transaction and to that end it’s 
gratifying to see our Average Transaction 
Value increase by 11% in the year.  This 
is driven by the instore KPI’s and should 
give investors confidence that we are 
concentrating on the important stuff 
whatever the market conditions.

What underpins your 
confidence that the Group 
is on the right track?
Not chopping and changing what 
is a solid strategic plan is key.  And 
having supportive shareholders who 
understand the retail landscape, agree 
with our initiatives and are cognisant 
of the competitive threats gives us 
confidence that we are firmly on the 
right track.

Do you have any evidence 
that consumers are now 
beginning to re-appraise the 
Carpetright brand?
As I discuss in my statement, the 
measurements from our market research, 
in particular the Brand Tracker work, 
indicates a very positive reappraisal of 
the Carpetright brand – this isn’t a case 
of “hitting and hoping”.  It remains vital 
work-in-progress.

“By doing the things within our control better, 
day-in day-out, we can take market share from our  
competitors and that, in essence, is the plan.”

The Rest of Europe 
businesses continue to 
recover – will we see you 
invest in a store refurbishment 
roll out in these markets as 
you have in the UK? 
Absolutely, as I mention in my review the 
team in Utrecht has done an excellent 
job in reformatting some units that hadn’t 
had any investment since the business 
was acquired in 2002.  The Netherlands 
especially will see us increase capital 
spend in the coming twelve months.

What are your priorities for the 
year ahead?
“Sticking with the knitting” is the term, 
so doing the same things – only better.

Where do you see Carpetright 
at the end of 2018?
An improved performance, with a profit 
growth and increasing market share, 
especially in hard flooring, whatever 
the economic conditions.

Wilf Walsh
Chief Executive

The outlook for the UK 
consumer looks more 
uncertain – do the self-help 
measures being taken have 
enough potential for you to 
drive improved performance 
even if times in retail get 
tougher?
Undoubtedly – we cannot do anything 
about the economy, what Government 
in its infinite wisdom throws at us or 
consumer confidence.  By doing the things 
within our control better, day-in day-out 
we can take market share from our 
competitors and that, in essence, is the 
plan.  I would not want to be a new entrant 
in a market such as this.

How are the rebranded/
refurbished stores performing 
– are they meeting your 
expectations?
Great – we’re very pleased with their 
performance.  We discuss the numbers 
in detail in my review but in summary 
we are hitting our targets on sales and 
return on investment.  Clearly where we 
are up against a new competitor that 
refurbishment work is primarily focused 
on mitigating the negative effect they can 
have on us.

Are you maintaining the sales 
uplift as you work your way 
through the estate?
Carpetright has been in a nonsensical 
situation where in too many locations 
we had two Carpetright stores trading 
within close proximity to each other – 
total madness.  Where we close one 
store the model sees us lose the two 
main costs, namely establishment (rent 
and rates) and people (who we nearly 
always reintegrate somewhere else in the 
region).  We also see a sales transfer of 
around 40% to the remaining store and 
hey presto – you are actually now making 
a profit.  Old fashioned, I know.

You will soon be approaching 
the point where half the UK 
store estate has been 
refurbished – should we see 
that as the tipping point?
Not really – the “tipping point” is when we 
see at least 75% of the units hitting their 
in-store KPIs that drive like-for-like sales 
relentlessly.  You can spend a load of 
money to dress a store up beautifully but 
unless the people inside are dedicated to 
great service then you will not see a return.

Should we expect more store 
closures this year?  How 
many stores do you see the 
UK having ideally?
We are at 426 stores – we are aiming to 
be below 400 in the UK this time next 
year.  I don’t have an ideal number, if 
the stores are making a contribution 
we want to keep them.  The numbers 
in the Netherlands and Belgium are 
about right – it’s just improving their look 
and performance.

Reducing property costs is a 
critical part of the strategy – 
how much progress was 
made in the year?
We closed 22 shops, including 7 
relocations, thereby reducing our rent 
and rates bill.  But there’s more to do and 
we’re very focused on this.

Are you looking to accelerate 
the property disposal 
programme this year?
Yes, but we will have to overcome 
significant landlord inertia.  We are 
offering significant premiums to get out 
of unprofitable sites but when they have 
a tenant with a strong covenant, paying 
the rent on time every month – on a lease 
that has ten years to run – they don’t 
appear to have the appetite to find another 
tenant.  I find this a rather odd call.

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

15

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic report continued

Measuring our performance

The Board of Directors and senior management receive a wide range of management information delivered in a timely manner.  Listed 
below are the principal measures that are reviewed on a regular basis to monitor the performance of the Group.

Gross profit 
percentage

Definition

Gross profit as a percentage 
of revenue (calculated in  
local currency).

Like-for-like sales  
% growth

Definition

Calculated as this year’s sales 
divided by last year’s sales 
for all stores that are at least 
twelve months old at the 
beginning of the financial year.  
Stores closed during the year 
are excluded from both years 
(calculated in local currency).

Net Promoter Score 
(NPS)

Operating cash flow

Definition

Definition

Net Promoter Score (NPS) is 
a measure of a customer’s 
willingness to recommend 
our service to others in terms 
of Satisfaction and Loyalty 
calculated by subtracting the 
percentage of Detractors from 
the percentage of Promoters.

This measure is determined 
by taking underlying operating 
profit and adding back 
non-cash items and any 
movements in working capital. 

Rationale

Rationale

Rationale

Rationale

Customer Satisfaction 
and Loyalty are important 
indicators of the success, or 
not, of the Customer Journey, 
our colleague interaction and 
our range of products  
and services.

The Group’s ability to finance 
its future investment, pay 
corporation taxes, pay interest 
on its borrowings and make 
returns to shareholders is 
aided by strong cash flows 
from its operations.

Performance

UK (%)

100

90

80

70

60

50

74.1%

71.0%

2016 2017

Group (£m)

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

25.1m

17.4m

11.3m

13.3m

7.7m

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017

Maximising like-for-like 
sales opportunities drives 
cash inflow.  This KPI also 
measures the health of  
our core retail estate and 
reflects customer reaction 
to our products, proposition 
and price.

Gross profit is an important 
indicator of the Group’s 
financial performance.  It 
reflects our ability to source 
effectively, run an efficient 
supply chain, and promote 
and deliver the correct mix 
of products to maximise 
cash margin.

Performance

UK (%)

Performance

UK (%)

10

8

6

4

2

0

-2

7.3%

2.2%

2.8%

-0.2%

-0.5%
2013 2014 2015 2016 2017

65

63

61

59

57

55

62.5%

61.5%

61.4%

60.7%

59.2%

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017

Rest of Europe (%)

Rest of Europe (%)

6
4
2
0
-2
-4
-6
-8
-10
-12

4.8%

2.5%

-11% -8.6% 0.3%

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017

65

60

55

50

59.5%

57.2%56.7%

57.2%

56.1%

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017

16 |  Annual report and accounts 2017

Financial review

Neil Page
Chief Financial Officer

Overview
Total Group revenue for the year increased by 0.2% to £457.6m, consisting of a decline 
in the UK business of 2.6% offset by an increase of 16.4% in the Rest of Europe, with 
the latter impacted by foreign exchange rate movements.  Our continued focus on 
rationalising and repositioning the store portfolio saw the Group open 14 stores and 
close 22 during the year, which gave a net decrease of eight stores, including seven 
relocations.  The total store base numbered 564 at year end (2016: 572), with total store 
space declining by 1.9% to 5.1 million square feet during the period.

Group underlying operating profit decreased by 19.2% to £16.4m (2016: £20.3m), 
reflecting the impact of the significant depreciation of sterling during the first half of 
the year and the costs of measures to address intensified competition.  This impacted 
sales and margin rate in the UK, but was partially offset by the benefit from closing 
underperforming stores, and a strengthening performance in our Rest of Europe 
business.  Net finance charges were level with the prior year at £2.0m.  These factors 
combined to generate underlying profit before tax of £14.4m (2016: £18.3m), a 21.3% 
decrease on the prior year.

Separately reported items totalled £13.5m (2016: £5.5m), primarily costs associated with 
rationalising the store estate and a re-assessment of provisions held for onerous lease 
costs for loss-making stores following a strategic review of the portfolio.

When separately reported items are included, the statutory measure of profit before 
tax for the Group was £0.9m (2016: £12.8m) and basic earnings per share of 1.0p 
(2016: 14.9p).

The Group ended the year with net debt of £9.8m (2016: £1.1m), reflecting an 
acceleration of the store refurbishment programme and the cash costs of rationalising 
the store portfolio.

Revenue
Underlying operating profit 
Net finance charges
Underlying profit before tax
Separately reported items
Profit before tax
Earnings per share (pence)

underlying
basic

Operating cash flow
Net debt

2017 
£m
457.6
16.4
(2.0)
14.4
(13.5)
0.9

16.4p
1.0p
7.7
(9.8)

2016 
£m
456.8
20.3
(2.0)
18.3
(5.5)
12.8

20.8p
14.9p
13.3
(1.1)

Change
0.2%
(19.2%)
0.0%
(21.3%)
(145.5%)
(93.0%)

(21.2%)
(93.3%)
(42.1%)
(8.7)

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

17

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic report continued

Financial review continued

UK – Performance review
The key financial results for the UK were:

Revenue
Like-for-like sales
Gross profit
Gross profit %
Costs
Costs %
Underlying operating profit
Underlying operating profit %

The UK portfolio is now as follows:

Standalone
Concessions
Total

2017 
£m
381.0
(0.5%)
225.6
59.2%
(214.9)
56.4%
10.7
2.8%

2016 
£m
391.0
2.8%
237.3
60.7%
(219.5)
56.1%
17.8
4.6%

Change
(2.6%)

(4.9%)
(1.5ppts)
2.1%
(0.3ppts)
(39.9%)
(1.8ppts)

Store numbers

Sq ft ('000)

30 April 2016
420
15
435

Openings
8
0
8

Closures
(14)
(3)
(17)

29 April 2017
414
12
426

30 April 2016
3,734
29
3,763

29 April 2017
3,669
22
3,691

In tough trading conditions, like-for-like sales in the second half of the year increased by 1.8% partially mitigating the decline of 2.9% 
experienced in the first half, to give a full year decline of 0.5%.

We opened eight stores and closed 17 stores during the period, including three relocations.  This translated into a net space decline 
of 72,000 sq ft, a decrease of 1.9%.  At period end there were 253 stores trading with a bed department (2016: 246).  Sales within the 
beds category now represent 9.2% of the sales mix (2016: 9.0%).

Gross profit decreased by £11.7m to £225.6m, representing 59.2% of sales, a decrease of 150 basis points.  This decline in margin 
rate reflects a combination of:

 – adverse impact of 210 bps from the fall in Sterling to Euro exchange rate on imported goods for resale.  The average EUR/GBP rate 

in 2017 was 12% lower at €1.20 (2016: €1.36);

 – measures to address intensified competition including a ‘free fitting’ offer in selected stores, an adverse impact of 60bps;

 – a dilutive impact of 30bps from product categories which attract lower average gross margins; and

 – a favourable impact of 150bps from the improvement in underlying floorcovering margin through improved sourcing, promotional 

planning and selected price increases.

The total UK cost base decreased by 2.1% compared with the prior year to £214.9m (2016: £219.5m).  Costs as a percentage of sales 
were 56.4%, a marginal uplift from 56.1% in the prior year, reflecting the operational gearing of the business.  The movement in costs 
was a combination of:

 – store payroll costs decreased by £1.7m to £59.7m (2016: £61.4m) owing to a reduction in headcount from store closures, combined 

with a decline in sales commission and bonus costs from the fall in sales;

 – store occupancy costs (rent, rates, other & depreciation) decreased by 1.0% to £115.2m (2016: £116.4m), primarily the impact of 

the store closures, offset in part by an increase in depreciation from the refurbishment programme; and

 – marketing and central support costs decreased by 4.1% to £40.0m (2016: £41.7m), primarily the result of lower performance related 

cost, partially offset by higher advertising costs.

The combination of the above factors resulted in underlying operating profit decreasing by 39.9% to £10.7m.

18 |  Annual report and accounts 2017

Rest of Europe – Performance review
The key financial results for the Rest of Europe were:

Revenue
Like-for-like sales
Gross profit
Gross profit %
Costs
Costs %
Underlying operating profit
Underlying operating profit %

2017 
£m
76.6
2.5%
43.8
57.2%
(38.1)
49.7%
5.7
7.4%

2016 
£m
65.8
4.8%
36.9
56.1%
(34.4)
52.3%
2.5
3.8%

Change 
(Reported 
currency)
16.4%

18.7%
1.1ppts
(10.8%)
2.5ppts
128.0%
3.6ppts

Change  
(Local 
currency)
2.0%

3.9%

2.8%

98.5%

The Rest of Europe portfolio is now as follows:

Netherlands
Belgium
Republic of Ireland
Total

Store numbers

30 April 2016
93
23
21
137

Openings
5
1
0
6

Closures
(4)
(1)
0
(5)

29 April 2017
94
23
21
138

Sq ft ('000)

30 April 2016
985
245
157
1,387

29 April 2017
975
228
157
1,360

Macroeconomic indicators for our markets in Belgium and the Republic of Ireland remained fragile throughout the year, however, 
the Netherlands experienced a recovery in market conditions with an increase in reported consumer confidence and encouraging 
economic indicators, such as the number of housing transactions, fuelling demand. 

In local currency terms, the three businesses combined to produce an increase in revenue of 2.0% on the prior year.  The combined 
like-for-like sales increased by 2.5%.  A contributor to growth has been the re-introduction of a curtains & blinds offer into the 
Netherlands and Belgium.  After exchange rate movements, total revenue increased by 16.4% in reported currency.

The number of stores increased by one during the year, having opened six and closed five during the period, including four relocations.  
The associated trading space reduced by 2.0%.

Gross profit percentage increased 110 basis points to 57.2%, resulting principally from improved supplier terms and non-recurring 
clearance activity in the prior year, offset in part by investment in promotions to drive top line sales volumes and the impact of growth 
in lower margin product categories.  The combination of volume and rate improvements led to cash gross profit in local currency terms 
increasing by 3.9%.  After taking into account exchange rate movements this resulted in an increase of 18.7% in reported currency.

Operating costs in local currency reduced by 2.8%, primarily the result of reduced occupancy costs related to the downsizing and 
relocating stores.  This was reflected in the decline in the costs as a percentage of sales to 49.7%, a reduction on the prior year figure 
of 52.3%.  In reported currency, costs increased by 10.8% to £38.1m.

The net result was a year-on-year improvement in underlying operating profit of 98.5% in local currency, which translated to an increase 
of 128.0% in reported currency of £3.2m to £5.7m (2016: £2.5m).

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

19

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic report continued

Financial review continued

Net finance costs and taxation
Net finance charges for the period were unchanged at £2.0m (2016: £2.0m).

The effective tax rate for the year was 24.3% (2016: 21.3%), a variance of 4.3% compared to the UK corporation tax rate of 20.0% due 
to the effects of non-deductible items, overseas tax rates and other permanent differences.  The 3.0% increase from last year’s rate is 
predominantly due to lower profitability in the UK with non-deductible items remaining unchanged, along with improved profitability in 
Europe being taxed at higher rates. 

Separately reported items
The Group makes certain adjustments to statutory profit measures in order to help investors understand the underlying performance  
of the business.  These adjustments are reported as separately reported items.  The Group recorded a net charge of £13.5m 
(2016: £5.5m).

Underlying profit before tax
Property related
 – Loss on disposal of properties
 – Freehold property reversal/(impairment)
 – Store asset (impairment)/reversal
 – Net onerous lease charge

Strategy
 – Store refurbishment – asset write-offs

Other
 – Share based payments

Total separately reported items
Statutory profit before tax

2017 
£m
14.4

(1.9)
2.2
(0.4)
(11.0)

2016 
£m
18.3

(3.6)
 (0.4)
0.1
(0.6)

(1.4)

–

(1.0)

(13.5)
0.9

(1.0)

(5.5)
12.8

The charge reported in the 2016 Annual report and accounts was £4.5m.  For consistency with the current period presentation we 
have reclassified £1.0m relating to share based payments.  This has no impact on the Group’s statutory reported profit before tax and 
earnings per share.  The reclassified separately reported charge for 2016 is therefore £5.5m.

A net loss of £1.9m was made on the disposal of 25 (22 trading and 3 onerous) properties during the year (2016: £3.6m loss), 
principally a combination of surrender premiums being paid to exit loss-making stores and asset write-offs.

A number of investment properties that have previously been impaired are in receipt of rental income from independent third party 
tenants.  As a result, £2.2m of impairment against these locations is no longer required and has been reversed (2016: £0.4m charge).

Leasehold store impairment testing during the year has identified a number of stores where the anticipated future performance does 
not support the carrying value of the assets.  As a result, a charge of £0.4m has been incurred in respect of the impairment of assets 
associated with these stores (2016: £0.1m credit).

At 30 April 2016 there were eleven vacant properties in the UK and two in the Republic of Ireland classed as onerous leases 
against which we carried a provision.  During the year we disposed of three of these locations.  This was offset by three trading 
stores being closed and added to this group.  Following a strategic review of the store portfolio in February 2017, we have made 
a revised assessment of the onerous lease costs for loss-making stores.  The net impact of these judgments is a charge of £11.0m 
(2016: £0.6m credit).

The value of assets written off during the store refurbishment programme amounts to £1.4m during the year.  Given the quantum, and 
in keeping with historical treatment, such write-offs have been reported as separately reported items.

In light of the variable and non-cash nature of employee share based payments, these have been classified as separately reported 
items.  This also allows for greater visibility of these charges in the accounts.  A charge of £1.0m was incurred during the year 
(2016: £1.0m).

The cash flow impact of separately reported items was £4.0m outflow in the year.

20 |  Annual report and accounts 2017

Earnings per share
Underlying earnings per share were 16.4p (2016: 20.8p), reflecting the fall in underlying profitability of the Group.

Basic earnings per share were 1.0p (2016: 14.9p).  The reduction in basic earnings per share is less in percentage terms than the 
reduction in underlying earnings per share, a result of a deferred tax credit of £0.6m associated with the fall in the UK corporation tax 
rate to 17% being taken as a separately reported tax credit.

Dividend
The Board continues to prioritise the use of cash for the acceleration of the strategy by investing further in the existing store estate, 
while also reducing the fixed occupancy costs as quickly as possible.  As a result, it has taken the decision not to pay a final dividend 
(2016: nil).  Based on our current outlook, we do not expect this position to change in the current financial year.

Balance sheet
The Group had net assets of £78.0m at the end of the period (2016: £74.0m), a year-on-year increase of £4.0m.

Freehold & long leasehold property
Other non-current assets
Stock
Trade & other current assets
Creditors < 1 year
Creditors > 1 year
Net (debt)/cash
Pension deficit
Net assets

29 April 2017
60.3
116.6
41.1
25.8
(85.6)
(67.2)
(9.8)
(3.2)
78.0

30 April 2016
61.5
107.5
41.6
20.0
(91.1)
(62.2)
(1.1)
(2.2)
74.0

During the period, two freehold property disposals were completed.  The Group owns a significant property portfolio, most of which is 
used for retail purposes.  The carrying values are supported by a combination of value-in-use and independent valuations.

As a consequence of managing the estate to reduce square footage, eliminate store catchment overlap and improve the quality of our 
store base on realistic rental deals, the operating lease liabilities have reduced significantly to £531.9m (2016: £599.3m).

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

21

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic report continued

Financial review continued

Cash flow
The Group’s net debt at 29 April 2017 was £9.8m, an adverse movement of £8.7m (2016: £1.1m debt).

This increase in debt was driven by a combination of the decline in the underlying operating profit performance; net expenditure of 
£2.2m on exiting operating leases; cash outflow of £5.2m related to previously made provisions; contributions of £0.9m to closed 
defined benefit pension schemes; and an increase of £13.6m in working capital, partially offset by a decrease in stock of £1.0m.

The increase in working capital was attributable to a combination of an increase in debtors (driven by the seasonal impact of a later 
Easter and the longer lead times on newly introduced product categories); a decrease in creditors associated with a combination of 
lower activity levels and a reduction in performance based costs (the result of lower level of profitability); increase in prepayments due 
to timing differences; and amortisation of deferred income relating to property incentives.

The resulting net inflow of cash generated by operations of £7.7m was offset by net capital expenditure, net interest paid, tax paid and 
other movements (primarily exchange differences) totalling £16.2m, resulting in free cash outflow of £8.5m (2016: £1.4m outflow).

The Group’s average net debt was £10.2m over the period (2016: £7.1m).

Underlying operating profit
Depreciation & other non-cash items
Decrease/(Increase) in stock
(Increase) in working capital
Net expenditure on exit of operating leases
Contributions to pension schemes
Provisions paid
Operating cash flows
Net interest paid
Corporation tax paid
Net capital expenditure
Free cash flows
Other
Movement in net debt
Opening (net debt)/cash
Closing net debt

2017 
£m
16.4
12.2
1.0
(13.6)
(2.2)
(0.9)
(5.2)
7.7
(1.3)
(0.9)
(14.0)
(8.5)
(0.2)
(8.7)
(1.1)
(9.8)

2016 
£m
20.3
12.5
(7.0)
(4.3)
(2.2)
(0.9)
(5.1)
13.3
(2.0)
(3.0)
(9.7)
(1.4)
(0.2)
(1.6)
0.5
(1.1)

Gross capital expenditure was £17.4m (2016: £11.9m), with the majority of this relating to the store refurbishment programme and 
opening new stores.  After allowing for proceeds from freehold property disposals, net capital expenditure was £14.0m (2016: £9.7m).

2017 
£m
(12.7)
(1.6)
(1.7)
(1.4)
(17.4)
3.4
(14.0)

2016 
£m
(5.9)
(0.6)
(4.0)
(1.4)
(11.9)
2.2
(9.7)

Refurbishment & relocations

New stores
IT
Support offices & warehouse
Gross capital expenditure

Proceeds from freehold property disposals
Net capital expenditure

22 |  Annual report and accounts 2017

Current liquidity
In April 2015, the Group completed a refinancing arrangement of its principal facilities, providing £58.0m of debt capacity split 
between a revolving credit facility (RCF) and multi-option facilities (principally overdrafts) in a mixture of Sterling and Euro currencies.  
In December 2015, the Group elected not to renew its €5.0m multi-option facility in Belgium thereby saving non-utilisation fees.  This 
action reduced the Group’s total facilities in GBP terms to £54.7m, of which the main £45.0m RCF in the UK matures in July 2019.  
The facilities contain financial covenants which are believed to be appropriate in the current economic climate and tested on a quarterly 
basis, against which the Group monitors compliance.

Gross bank borrowings at the balance sheet date were £20.1m (FY16: £7.1m), being a combination drawn down from overdraft 
and revolving credit facilities.  The Group had further undrawn facilities of £34.4m at the balance sheet date.  In addition, the Group 
held gross cash balances of £12.5m.  The combination of these resulted in net debt, before finance leases, of £7.6m, providing total 
headroom against facilities of £46.9m.  With the addition of £2.2m of finance leases (2016: £2.3m), the Group closed the period on 
£9.8m of net debt, being £8.7m higher than year end 2016. 

Pensions
At 29 April 2017, the IAS 19 net retirement benefit deficit was £3.2m (2016: £2.2m).  The discount rate was 2.5% (2016: 3.5%), 
reflecting prevailing corporate bond rates.  This lower discount rate resulted in an increase in the schemes’ liabilities and more than 
offset the increase in market value of the plan’s assets and additional company contributions.

The scheme was closed to future accrual with effect from 1 May 2010.  The Company agreed a recovery plan with the Trustees in 
2015 and this will be reviewed following the completion of the triennial valuation, which will be performed as at 5 April 2017.

Neil Page
Chief Financial Officer

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

23

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic report continued

Managing risk

The Group faces a number of risks and uncertainties in both the development of,  
and day-to-day operations of, its business.

General approach to risk 
management
Carpetright recognises that effective 
business management requires regular 
review of business risks.  The Group 
has established a flexible and practical 
framework, sponsored by senior 
executives, which aims to identify and 
manage the principal risks that may 
prevent it from achieving the Group’s 
strategic objectives.

The Board and Audit 
Committee
The Board has overall responsibility 
for the Group’s risk appetite, more 
details of which can be found on page 
33.  It also has overall responsibility for 
the system of internal control and for 
reviewing its effectiveness.  In order to 
fulfil this responsibility, the Directors have 
established an organisational framework 
with clear operational procedures, lines 
of responsibility and delegated authority 
which has operated throughout the 
year under review and up to the date 
of approval of the Annual Report and 
financial statements.

The system of internal control is designed 
to identify, evaluate and manage significant 
risks associated with the achievement 
of the Group’s objectives.  Because of 
the limitations inherent in any system of 
internal control, this system is designed 
to meet the Group’s particular needs and 
the risks to which it is exposed rather than 
eliminate risk altogether.  Consequently, 
it can only provide reasonable and not 
absolute assurance against material 
misstatement or loss.

The Audit Committee assists the 
Board through its work covering the 
Group’s system of internal controls, 
the assessment of risks and related 
compliance activities.  This includes the 
Committee’s oversight of the Group’s 
Internal Audit department, which:

 – undertakes its work, both on central 
functions and in the field, based on a 
risk assessment model;

 – provides the Audit Committee and the 
Board with objective assurance on the 
control environment across the Group; 
and

 – monitors adherence to the Group’s key 

policies and principles.

The Audit Committee reports to the 
Board on its activities and makes 
recommendations and escalates 
significant risks or issues to the Board as 
appropriate.  Its role is described in more 
detail on pages 35 to 38.

The Board has reviewed the Group’s 
systems of internal control including 
financial, operational and compliance 
controls as well as risk management, 
and is satisfied that these accord with 
the guidance on internal controls set out 
in the Guidance on Risk Management, 
Internal Control and Related Financial and 
Business Control, issued by the Financial 
Reporting Council in September 2014.

Identification of business risks
An Executive Risk Committee (‘ERC’) 
comprising the Executive Directors and 
senior managers exists to review key 
risk and control issues, and the Group’s 
principal risks are individually sponsored 
by a member of the ERC.  The ERC met 
quarterly during the year reported.

The ERC identifies and assesses risks to 
the Group’s medium-term strategy and 
directs the risk management processes 
within both the UK and the Rest of Europe 
to address each of the identified risks, 
formulate a mitigation strategy and assess 

the likely impact of such risk occurring.  
The Chief Financial Officer provides regular 
reports to the Audit Committee in relation 
to its work.

The ERC also considers new and 
emerging risks as a standing agenda item, 
including those identified by the Board 
of Directors.  The Committee has also 
reviewed the ranking of the business’s key 
strategic risks during the year, to ensure 
that this remains an appropriate reflection 
of their relative standing.  The principal 
risks and uncertainties affecting the 
business are set out on pages 26 to 27.

Oversight and assurance
The Group Finance department is 
responsible for the financial policies 
and standards adopted within the 
Group.  It also manages the financial 
reporting processes to ensure the timely 
and accurate provision of information 
which enables the Board to discharge 
its responsibilities.

The Company Secretary and Legal 
Director is responsible for maintaining 
and developing the Group’s framework 
of governance, including our anti-bribery 
policy and whistleblowing process, 
alongside ensuring that any changes to 
the Group’s legal obligations are brought 
to the attention of the relevant teams who 
are responsible for the implementation of 
any changes.

The Internal Audit department 
provides independent assessment 
on the robustness and effectiveness 
of the systems and processes of 
risk management and control across 
the Group.  It achieves this through 
undertaking reviews which are approved 
by and reported to the Audit Committee.  
The Group also uses the services of 
independent third party advisers and 
consultants to review controls and 
processes where the nature of the review 
requires expertise not available in-house.

24 |  Annual report and accounts 2017

Principal risks and 
uncertainties
The Group is subject to the same general 
risks as many other businesses; for 
example, changes in general economic 
conditions, currency and interest 
rate fluctuations, changes in taxation 
legislation, cyber-security breaches, failure 
of our IT infrastructure, the cost of our 
raw materials, the impact of competition, 
political instability and the impact of 
natural disasters.

The Group uses its risk management 
process as described on page 24 to 
identify, monitor, evaluate and escalate 
such issues as they emerge, enabling 
management to take appropriate action 
wherever possible in order to control them 
and also enabling the Board to keep risk 
management under review.

The risk factors addressed on pages 26 to 
27 are those which are believed to be the 
most material to its business model, which 
could adversely affect the operations, 
revenue, profit, cash flow or assets of the 
Group and which may prevent us from 
achieving the Group’s strategic objectives.  
Additional risks and uncertainties currently 
unknown, or which are currently believed 
immaterial, may also have an adverse 
effect on the Group.

Viability statement
In accordance with provision C.2.2 of the 
2014 revision of the Code, the Board has 
assessed the prospects of the Company 
over a longer period than the twelve 
months that has in practice been the focus 
of the ‘Going Concern’ provision.  The 
Board conducted the review for a five-
year period, corresponding with the 
period covered by its current medium-
term financial plans.  These plans are 
updated annually and reflect the Group’s 
established strategy, its existing investment 
commitments, available financial resources 
and long-term financing arrangements.

The plans consider profits, cash flows, 
funding requirements and other key 
financial ratios over the period, as well as 
the headroom in the financial covenants 
contained in our banking arrangements.   
Important assumptions underlying the 
plans include:

 – funding for capital expenditure in the 
form of capital markets debt or bank 
debt will be available in all plausible 
market conditions; and

 – following the UK’s vote to leave the 

European Union, the terms of exit are 
such that Carpetright will be able to 
continue to operate competitively in  
the same European markets as it 
presently does.

The principal risks are set out on pages 
26 to 27 and the most relevant potential 
impact of these risks on viability was 
considered to be:

 – customer proposition and changing 

customer preferences whereby a failure 
to anticipate and plan for changes in 
consumer tastes could have a material 
effect on future operations and financial 
performance; and

 – changing economic conditions which  
in the event of a significant reduction 
in house prices, housing transactions 
or consumer confidence, the Group 
would expect to have an adverse 
impact on its performance

The Board overlaid the potential impact  
of the principal risks which could affect 
solvency or liquidity in “severe but 
plausible” scenarios onto the five-year 
plans and concluded that the business 
would remain viable.  As part of this, it 
performed sensitivity analyses that flexed 
inputs to the forecasts including reduced 
income, profitability and liquidity, both 
individually and in unison, to reflect these 
severe but plausible scenarios.  Based 
on the results of the procedures outlined 
above, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities 
as they fall due over the five-year period of 
their assessment.

Going concern
The Directors also considered it 
appropriate to prepare the financial 
statements on the going concern basis,  
as explained in the basis of preparation 
paragraph in note 1 to the accounts on 
page 69.

The Group is principally funded through 
shareholders’ funds and bank debt.   
The principal banking facility, which 
includes a revolving credit facility for 
£45 million, is committed to the end of  
July 2019.  The Directors have considered 
the future cash requirements of the Group 
and are satisfied that the facilities are 
sufficient to meet its liquidity needs.   
The facilities are subject to a number  
of financial covenants, including a leverage 
covenant, a fixed charge cover covenant, 
and a capital expenditure covenant.   
The fixed charge cover covenant is  
the most sensitive to changes in  
the Group’s profitability.

The Directors have considered the 
expected performance of the business 
over at least the next twelve months and 
modelled this performance against the 
covenants that have been set.  In addition, 
the Directors have considered the trading 
performance necessary to breach the 
banking covenants as well as mitigating 
factors that would be available and 
actionable in the event that the adverse 
trading performance became reality.

The Directors have also considered the net 
current liability position of the Group and, 
given the supplier payment terms and the 
expected cash generation, the Directors 
confirm that the Group is forecast to be 
able to meet its liabilities as they fall due.

The Directors confirm that, after 
considering the matters set out above, 
they have a reasonable expectation  
that the Company and the Group have 
adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for a minimum of 
twelve months following the signing of 
these accounts.  For this reason they 
continue to adopt the going concern basis 
in preparing the financial statements.   
Further details of the Group’s liquidity are 
given in the financial review on page 23.

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

25

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic report continued

Principal risks and uncertainties

Description

Possible impacts

Risk management actions

Customer proposition and changing customer preferences

1 2 3 4

Failure to anticipate and plan for 
changes in consumer tastes could 
have a material effect on future 
operations and financial performance

Economic uncertainty

Consumers need to feel confident to 
invest money in their homes.  In the 
event of a significant reduction in 
house prices, housing transactions or 
consumer confidence, the Group 
would expect this to adversely impact 
on its performance

Property portfolio

Property costs form a significant part 
of our fixed cost base and as such all 
decisions in this area have an impact 
on the long term value of the 
business

Brand, reputation and product

The Carpetright name is a key asset 
of the business and, as the largest 
operator in its markets, expectations 
of the Group are high

 – Fail to deliver our 

business objectives

 – Loss of revenue
 – Diminished reputation
 – Reduction in market 

share

 – Reduction in customer 

service levels

 – Established and communicated a clear strategy
 – Prioritise investment in both our existing estate and 

online platforms

 – Strengthen customer feedback processes to help 

improve our offering

 – Refreshed our brand, marketing and promotional activity
 – Frequently introduce new product ranges
 – Provided clarity to our pricing structure

 – Fail to deliver our 

business objectives

 – Loss of revenue
 – Reduced long-term 
growth and profit

 – Provide a broad range of products and price points in 
our categories to make it easy for our customers to 
trade up or down

 – Maintained a robust approach to our cost base to 

ensure we remain competitive

 – Refreshed our brand, marketing and promotional activity

1 2 3

 – Reduced long term 
growth, profit and  
cash flow

4

 – Active management of the property portfolio
 – Improved the quality of the estate
 – Invested in a detailed location planning model which aids 
our understanding of store catchments and customer 
demographics

 – Consult external advisers, where appropriate, to provide 

expert advice and inform decision making

1 2 3

 – Fail to deliver our 

business objectives
 – Diminished reputation
 – Loss of revenue
 – Loss of consumer trust 

 – The Group works closely with its suppliers to ensure the 
products it sells are of the highest quality and meet the 
organisation’s required ethical and safety standards
 – Invested in marketing designed to communicate our 

credentials on range, choice and value

and confidence

 – We ensure our flooring customers receive a first class 

 – Inability to recruit the 

fitting experience

best people

 – The performance of our bed delivery partner is 

continuously monitored

 – We regularly engage with our customers and act upon 

their feedback

Competition

The Group competes with a wide 
variety of retailers across multiple 
channels and across a broad 
spectrum of price points

 – Fail to deliver our 

business objectives

 – Loss of revenue
 – Reduced long-term 
growth and profit

 – Invested in marketing designed to communicate our 

credentials on range, choice and value

 – Continuous monitoring of customer service, product and 

advertising performance and competitor activity

1 2 3 4

26 |  Annual report and accounts 2017

Description

Possible impacts

Risk management actions

IT performance and cyber-security

1 3 4

Carpetright is dependent on the 
reliability, availability, capability and 
security of key information systems 
and technology

 – Diminished reputation
 – Loss of revenue
 – Loss of consumer trust 

and confidence

 – Active management of our systems
 – Reviewed and tested continuity plans
 – Developed separate disaster recovery facilities
 – Regular systems’ testing by third parties to provide 

 – Reduction in customer 

assurance as to their security

service levels

People

1 3

The Group relies upon attracting and 
retaining talented and appropriately 
qualified people in order to deliver its 
long-term objectives

 – Reduced long-term 
growth and profit
 – Reduced customer 

service levels

 – Recruit, train and develop a suitably skilled and qualified 

team

 – Monitor remuneration packages within our markets
 – Identify high fliers for accelerated promotion

 – Inadequate succession 

planning

 – Diminished reputation
 – Reduced long-term 
growth and profit

1 3

 – Operate a number of policies and codes of practice 

outlining mandatory requirements

 – Management is also responsible for liaising with the 

Company Secretary and external advisers to ensure that 
potential issues from new legislation are identified and 
managed

 – We have a whistle-blowing procedure and external 

helpline which enables colleagues to raise concerns in 
confidence

1

 – Fail to deliver our 

business objectives
 – Reduced long-term 
growth and profit

 – Active management of our financial position to ensure 

that funding requirements are being met
 – Bank covenant tests are regularly monitored
 – Produced weekly rolling cash flow forecasts

Legal, regulatory and compliance

The Group risks incurring penalties, 
damages, claims and reputational 
damage arising from failure to comply 
with legislative or regulatory 
requirements across many areas 
including, but not limited to, trading, 
health and safety, employment law, 
data protection, Bribery Act, 
advertising, human rights and the 
environment

Cash management

The Group risks exposure to 
exchange rate, interest rate, liquidity 
and credit risks having an adverse or 
unexpected impact on results, 
funding requirements or purchasing 
ability

Business continuity planning

A major incident, such as a key 
system or supplier failure, could 
impact the ability of the Group to 
continue trading

 – Fail to deliver our 

business objectives

 – Loss of revenue
 – Diminished reputation

1 3

 – Developed separate disaster recovery facilities
 – Reviewed and tested continuity plans
 – The Group has long-established and good working 

relationships with its key suppliers

 – Actively monitor the supply base to identify exposures 

and identify appropriate contingency solutions

Link to Strategy
Who we are
1

2

What we sell

3

How we sell

4

Where we sell

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

27

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic report continued

Corporate responsibility

Corporate responsibility is about doing business the right way.

Our corporate responsibility (CR) policy is 
designed to support our objectives and 
strategy.  Our principal areas of focus are:

 – Our customers – how our activities 

affect our current and future customers;

 – Our people – the Group’s policies and 

actions towards our employees; 

 – Our communities – how we give back to 
the communities in which we operate; 
and

 – Our environment – the impacts we have 
on the wider environment and how we 
are seeking to reduce this.

Wilf Walsh is the director responsible 
for CR.

Our customers
Corporate responsibility starts with our 
relationship with customers and we 
continued a programme known as ‘Do 
We Measure Up?’, whereby customers 
are invited to rate and provide feedback 
on the three stages of their experience – 
in-store ordering, estimating and fitting.  
The ratings and feedback are immediately 
available to our store and support office 
colleagues, where they are used to 
monitor and improve our levels of service 
to our customers.

We recognise that matters such as how 
we treat our people, the environment 
and ethical trading are important to our 
customers and colleagues, and details can 
be found below.

Our people
The Group employs over 3,000 people.

Equal opportunities

The Board believes in creating, throughout 
the Group, a culture that is free from 
discrimination and harassment, and will 
not tolerate discrimination in any form.  
We are an equal opportunities employer 
and our people and applicants are treated 
fairly and equally regardless of their age, 
colour, creed, disability, full or part-time 
status, gender, marital status, nationality 
or ethnic origin, race, or sexual orientation.  

28 |  Annual report and accounts 2017

Applications from people with disabilities 
are always fully considered.  Should an 
individual become disabled while working 
for the Company, efforts are made to 
continue their employment and retraining 
is provided, if necessary.

We believe the attributes of individuals 
and their different perspectives and 
experiences add value to our business.  
During the year we committed to the ‘Ban 
the Box’ initiative, ensuring ex-offenders 
are not excluded from appropriate job 
opportunities within our business.

We recognise that a diverse workforce 
will provide us with an insight into different 
markets and help us anticipate and 
provide what our customers want from us.

A breakdown by gender of the number of 
persons who were Directors of the Group, 
senior managers and other employees as 
at 29 April 2017 is set out below.

Directors
Senior managers
Other employees
Total

Male
5
8
2,462
2,475

Female
1
2
728
731

Training and development

Our training and development 
programmes are focused on giving our 
people the skills they need to carry out 
their jobs and in due course to move 
up to new roles, enabling them to 
develop their careers.  This has included 
training in relation to health and safety, 
interest free credit, product knowledge, 
customer service, management skills and 
personal development.

In October 2016 we introduced a new 
social learning platform, “Fuse”, which 
enables all colleagues to take control of 
their own development with access to 
bite-sized learning anywhere, any time 
and on any device, including the use of an 
app.  Since the launch, over 6,000 training 
plans have been completed with another 
1,000 + learning plans in progress.

Engagement

There are a number of communication 
channels in place to help people develop 
their knowledge of, and enhance their 
involvement with, the Group.  These 
channels include surveys, management 
briefings, briefings to stores and offices, 
and other less formal communications.  
In 2016 we started using Fuse as an 
additional communication tool, enabling 
us to reach all UK and RoI colleagues 
instantly for the first time.  So far 80% 
of colleagues have engaged with the 
platform, and, on average Fuse receives 
72,000 page views per day.

Additionally, all annual results and interim 
management statements are made 
available through both the intranet and 
Fuse.  Directors and senior management 
regularly visit stores and discuss matters 
of current interest and concern with 
their colleagues.

Share ownership

All colleagues have an opportunity to 
invest in the Company’s shares through 
a Savings Related Share Option Scheme.  
Over 30% of colleagues participate in 
this scheme.

Bribery and whistleblowing

As a responsible employer we maintain a 
firm stance against any type of corruption 
within the business.

There is a Group-wide Anti-bribery and 
Corruption Policy in place which requires 
compulsory Anti-Bribery compliance and 
a copy of the Policy is circulated to all 
new starters when they join the business.

The Group operates whistleblowing 
hotlines through third-party providers 
enabling matters of concern to be 
raised with the Company on a named or 
anonymous basis.  Further details can be 
found in the Audit Committee report on 
page 37.

Health and safety

We operate an established process for risk 
assessment and employees are expected 
and encouraged to be proactive on health 
and safety issues.

Health and Safety Committees meet 
to review any issues to identify, prevent 
and militate against potential risks.  We 
investigate all accidents and recommend 
changes to working practices, additional 
colleague training and disciplinary action 
as and when appropriate.  There have not 
been any fatalities this year (2016: nil).

We have received notification of 144 
accidents across the Group during the 
year, compared to 179 in the prior year.  
Of these, 133 were in the UK, with the 
remaining 11 being in Europe and the 
Republic of Ireland.

Human rights and modern slavery

We do not have a specific human rights 
policy at present, but we do have policies 
that adhere to international human rights 
principles.  We will review from time-to-
time whether a specific human rights 
policy is needed in the future, over and 
above our existing policies.

Our statement on modern slavery is on our 
website www.carpetright.plc.uk.

Our communities
We are committed to giving something 
back to the communities in which we 
operate.  From March 2017, following  
a colleague vote, we have been  
supporting the British Heart Foundation.   
The partnership, which is largely 
centred on colleague fundraising, raised 
£10,000 during the first weekend, which 
saw Carpetright staff selling BHF pin 
badges, running raffles, bake sales and 
sponsored cycles.

Our environment
In line with our strategy of building a 
sustainable business, we are committed 
to taking steps to control and minimise 
any damage our operations may cause to 
the environment through manufacturing 
processes, transport, energy usage and 
packaging.  In particular, we are aware of 
the issue of climate change and we are 
taking steps to understand and minimise 
our carbon emissions.

Products and suppliers

We have an Ethical and Environmental 
Code of Conduct (the Code) to ensure 
that we have an ethical supply chain and 
require our suppliers to sign up to the 
Code.  The Code prohibits, for example, 
animal testing, the use of timber from 
non-sustainable sources and the use of 
certain chemicals which may be harmful to 
customers.  This code has been updated 
in order to make it clearer that modern 
slavery is unacceptable.

Energy usage and greenhouse  
gas emissions

We recognise that the Company benefits 
through reduced cost and the environment 
benefits by reducing our consumption 
of energy and water.  The release of 
greenhouse gases (ghg), notably CO2 
generated by burning fossil fuels, has 
an impact on climate change, which 
presents a risk to both our business and 

the wider environment.  We accept our 
responsibility to continually improve our 
environmental performance.

We continue to benefit from the 
introduction of Automatic Meter Readers 
for electricity and gas, which enable 
us to identify high-use locations and 
take corrective action where necessary, 
together with proactive management 
preventing us heating stores overnight.  
During the year ended 2017, we were 
able to reduce our electricity consumption 
by a combination of reducing store 
numbers, introducing LED lighting into our 
refurbished stores and installing motion-
sensor technology to ensure lights are 
only being used when necessary.  So far 
we have introduced these energy-saving 
practices into 39 stores in the UK.

Emissions data in respect of the financial 
year ended 2017 is as follows:

Emission type 
Scope 1: Operation of facilities
Scope 1: Company owned vehicles
Scope 1: Emissions
Scope 2: Purchased energy
Scope 2: Emissions
Total emissions

Greenhouse gas emissions intensity ratio:

Total footprint (Scope 1 and Scope 2)
Turnover (£m)
Intensity ratio (tCO2/turnover £000)

Notes:

CO2e  
(Carbon 
Dioxide 
equivalent) 
2017
8,783
6,141
14,924
16,827
16,827
31,751

2017
31,751.3
457.6
0.070

CO2e  
(Carbon 
Dioxide 
equivalent) 
2016
8,793
5,623
14,417
19,743
19,743
34,165

2016
34,162
456.8
0.075

Change
–
9%
4%
(15%)
(15%)
(7%)

Change
(7%)
–
(7%)

1.  Our methodology has been based on the principles of the Greenhouse Gas Protocol.

2.  Consumption is based on utility bills.

3.  We have reported on all the measured emission sources required under the Companies Act 2006 

(Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations.  This includes Scopes 1 and 2 but excludes any 
emissions from Scope 3.  The period used is 1 May 2016 to 30 April 2017.

4.  Conversion factors for electricity, gas and other emissions are those published by the Department for 
Environment, Food and Rural Affairs in 2014 – GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting.

5.  Refrigerant fugitive emissions have been excluded as the impact was immaterial.

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

29

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportDirectors’ report

Board of Directors

Bob Ivell
Non-Executive Chairman 

Bob joined the Board as Chairman on 1 November 2014.  He is currently Non-Executive 
Chairman of Mitchells & Butlers plc and Non-Executive Director at Charles Wells Ltd.   
He was previously Chairman of David Lloyd Leisure Limited, Park Resorts Group Limited, 
Next Generation Clubs Pacific, the Senior Independent Director of Britvic plc and AGA 
Rangemaster Group plc and a Non-Executive Director of The Restaurant Group plc.   
He has over 30 years’ experience in the food and beverage industry, holding executive 
roles with Regent Inns plc, Scottish & Newcastle plc and Whitbread plc, each of  
which involved the management of large consumer-facing estates.  He chairs the 
Nomination Committee.

Wilf Walsh
Chief Executive Officer

Appointed to the Board as Chief Executive on 21 July 2014, Wilf has held senior 
positions in various roles, most recently as Chairman of Fortuna Entertainment Group NV, 
and was also the Managing Director of Coral and a Non-Executive Director of Gala Coral 
Group between 2000 and 2016.  Prior to that he spent six years with HMV Media Group 
as the Managing Director of HMV Germany and as Operations Director for the UK and 
Ireland.  Wilf graduated in Law from the University of Leeds and is a Chartered Fellow of 
the Institute of Personnel and Development.

Neil Page
Chief Financial Officer

Neil joined Carpetright in July 2008 as Group Finance Director.  Neil began his career 
with British Rail and Marks and Spencer.  He joined Superdrug in 1991, holding a variety 
of finance and operational positions before taking up the role of Finance and IT Director 
for AS Watson (Health & Beauty) UK Ltd in July 2002.  In his role as Chief Financial 
Officer he also has responsibility for property and supply chain activities.  He is a fellow 
of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants.

30 |  Annual report and accounts 2017

Sandra Turner
Non-Executive Director

Sandra joined the Board in October 2010.  She spent 21 years at Tesco and was 
part of its senior management team, holding senior commercial and operational roles 
in the UK and Ireland.  From 2003 to 2009 she was the Commercial Director of Tesco 
Ireland.  She is the Senior Independent Director of Greggs plc and a Non-Executive 
Director of McBride plc, and Huhtamäki Oyj and was previously a Non-Executive Director 
of Northern Foods plc and Countrywide plc.  She chairs the Remuneration Committee.

David Clifford
Non-Executive Director

David, a Chartered Accountant, joined the Board in December 2011.  He was previously 
a Senior Partner with KPMG.  Throughout his career he held a variety of roles and 
led the Consumer Markets Unit of KPMG for a period, advising a number of retailers.  
He is a Trustee and the Treasurer of the Gurkha Welfare Trust, a Trustee of the Varkey 
Foundation, an educational charity, and a Non-Executive Director of Optivo, a housing 
association.  He chairs the Audit Committee.

Andrew Page
Non-Executive Director

Andrew joined the Board in July 2013 and was appointed as the Senior Independent 
Director in April 2015.  He is the Chairman of Northgate plc and a Non-Executive 
Director of JP Morgan Emerging Markets Investment Trust plc and Schroder UK Mid 
Cap Fund plc.  Andrew retired as Chief Executive of The Restaurant Group plc (“TRG”) 
in August 2014 after thirteen years with TRG.  Prior to joining TRG, he held a number 
of senior positions in the leisure and hospitality industry including Senior Vice President 
with InterContinental Hotels.  Andrew trained and qualified as a Chartered Accountant 
with KPMG.  He is the Senior Independent Director.

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

31

Directors’ reportStrategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report continued 

Corporate governance 

Introduction 
One of the Board’s key responsibilities is  
to ensure that the Company is run in the 
long-term interests of its shareholders and 
broader stakeholder base.  The Group 
recognises the importance of high 
standards of corporate governance and is 
committed to operating within an effective 
corporate governance framework. 

Application of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 
The version of the Corporate Governance 
Code applicable to the current reporting 
period is the September 2014 UK Corporate 
Governance Code (the Code).  The Code is 
issued by the Financial Reporting Council 
and is available for review on its website. 

During the financial year ended 29 April 
2017, the Company complied with the 
provisions set out in the UK Corporate 
Governance Code. 

Governance structure 
The structure of the Board and its 
Committees is set out below. 

The Board 
There have not been any changes to the 
composition of the Board this year. 

Details of the number of meetings and 
Board attendance are set out below:  

Number of meetings: 

Executive  
Directors 
Wilf Walsh 
Neil Page  

Non-Executive 
Directors 
Bob Ivell 
(Chairman) 
Andrew Page  
David Clifford  
Sandra Turner  

Attendance 
9 
9 

Attendance 

9 

8 
9 
9 

9 
Meetings 
eligible to 
attend 
9 
9 

Meetings 
eligible to 
attend 

9 

9 
9 
9 

The Board views that it is appropriately 
balanced and currently consists of the 
Chairman, two Executive and three Non-
Executive Directors, brief biographies of 
whom can be found on pages 30 and 31.  
There is a formal, rigorous and transparent 
procedure for the appointment of new 
Directors to the Board and this is described 
in the section concerning the Nomination 
Committee on page 34. 

The Board believes that its current  
size and structure are appropriate for 
managing the Group in an effective and 
successful manner. 

Whilst not required by the Code, as the 
Company is outside the FTSE 350, all 
Directors will offer themselves for re-election 
at the Annual General Meeting. 

Highlights 
During the year the Board: 

−  assessed and decided upon the 

corporate strategy 

−  reviewed and approved all trading 

announcements and the interim and  
final results 

−  reviewed the competitive market in which 
the Company operates, the effect of a 
new competitor entering the market  
and the Company’s response 
−  agreed the property strategy 
−  reviewed the financial effect of the store 

refurbishment programme 

−  approved the investment in replacement IT 
−  reviewed its risk appetite and the  

current assessment of the principal risks 
compared to the desired level of risk 

−  met with senior managers and  

received presentations in relation to  
Fuse (see the CR report on page 28), the 
beds business, property strategy and IT 

−  reviewed the terms of reference of  

its Committees 

−  approved option grants 
−  received an update on the Market  

Abuse Regulations 

−  approved the Statement of  

Modern Slavery 

Bob Ivell  
Non-Executive Chairman 

“The Group is committed to 

operating within an effective 
corporate governance framework.” 

32 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
32  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
The Non-Executive Directors of the 
Company play a key governance role and 
bring an extra dimension to the Board’s 
deliberations.  The Board considered the 
independence of each Non-Executive 
Director against the criteria specified in  
the Code and has determined that  
each remains fully independent. 

The Non-Executive Directors meet, with  
no Executive Directors present, at least 
once each year.  Andrew Page, the Senior 
Independent Director, led the review of the 
Chairman’s performance by meeting with 
each Director and the Company Secretary 
separately and met with the Chairman to 
provide feedback. 

The Board is responsible for setting the 
Group’s objectives and policies, providing 
effective leadership and for approving the 
Group strategy, budgets, business plans 
and major capital expenditure.  It has 
responsibility for the management,  
direction and performance of the Group  
and is accountable to the Company’s 
shareholders for the proper conduct of its 
business.  The Board has a formal schedule 
which sets out those matters requiring 
Board approval and specifically reserved  
to it for decision. 

The Board is responsible for determining its 
risk appetite and did so in the year.  It has 
regularly reviewed the current assessment 
of the principal risks compared to the 
desired level of risk.  Further details of the 
principal risks affecting the Group can be 
found on pages 26 and 27. 

Directors receive weekly sales updates, 
monthly trading results, commentary, 
briefing notes and reports for their 
consideration in advance of each Board 
meeting, including reports on the Group’s 
operations, to ensure that they remain 
briefed on the latest developments and  
are able to make fully informed decisions. 

All Directors have access to the advice and 
services of the Company Secretary and the 
Board has established a procedure whereby 
Directors may take independent professional 
advice at the Company’s expense.  In 
addition, such advice may include training  
in order to enable them to discharge their 
roles and responsibilities as a Director.   
All new Directors receive an induction 
tailored to their particular requirements. 

An annual process of evaluation of the 
Board and its Audit, Nomination and 
Remuneration Committees has been 
undertaken.  This was led by Bob Ivell with 
the assistance of the Company Secretary.  
The Board and each of its Committees 
considered its mix of skills, its leadership 
and governance role, whether the meetings 
are of the right length, whether the strategic 
and operational focus is appropriate,  
the effectiveness of the Chair and the 
Secretariat and whether all directors  
have the opportunity to air their views.   
The results have been considered by  
the Board and confirmed the strength of 
leadership within the business and a sound 
governance framework, identifying only 
minor changes necessary to improve  
the Board’s effectiveness.  The one  
area highlighted for additional focus is 
succession planning, which is being 
considered by the Nomination Committee. 

Board Committees

The Board has three Committees,  
each of which has written terms  
of reference which are available on  
the Company’s corporate website  
(www.carpetright.plc.uk).

The Board periodically reviews the 
membership of its Committees to ensure 
that it is refreshed annually.  All Non-
Executive Directors (other than the 
Chairman) are members of each  

of the Committees.  The Company 
provides the Committees with sufficient 
resources to undertake their duties.   
The Company Secretary, or his nominee, 
acts as Secretary to each Committee.

Board of Directors

Audit Committee

The role of the Audit Committee, its members and details of how it carried out its duties are set out 
in the Audit Committee report on pages 35 to 38.

Remuneration Committee

The role of the Remuneration Committee, its members and details of how it carried out its duties 
are set out in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 39 to 60.

Nomination Committee

The role of the Nomination Committee, its members and details of how it carried out its duties are 
set out on page 34.

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

33
www.carpetright.plc.uk  33 

Directors’ reportStrategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statements 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 
Corporate governance continued 

Continuing professional 
development 
All Board members are updated on matters 
relevant to the Group, including legal and 
regulatory developments, and members of 
Board Committees are updated on matters 
relevant to their Committee membership.   
In the year, the Remuneration Committee 
received updates on current best practice 
from New Bridge Street. 

The performance of individual Directors  
is considered as part of the annual  
Board appraisal process.  The individual 
development needs of Executive Directors 
are overseen by the Nomination Committee.  

Non-Executive Directors have access  
to professional development provided  
by external bodies.  Their continuing 
competence is considered by the 
Nomination Committee as part of the 
annual process of recommending the 
reappointment of Directors at the AGM. 

Share capital 
Details of the Company’s share capital and 
significant shareholders can be found on 
pages 61 and 62. 

Nomination Committee 
The Nomination Committee is chaired by 
Bob Ivell.  Details of its membership and 
attendance are set out below: 

Number of 
meetings: 

Members 
Bob Ivell  
(Committee 
Chairman) 
Andrew Page 
Sandra Turner 
David Clifford 

1 
Meetings 
eligible to 
attend 

Attendance 

1 

1 
– 
1 

1 

1 
1 
1 

The responsibilities of the 
Nomination Committee 
include: 
−  identifying and nominating 

candidates for appointment  
to the Board for the approval  
of the Board; 

−  reviewing development needs 

of the Executives; and 
−  making recommendations  
to the Board on Board 
composition and balance. 

The Committee considers the diversity  
of the Board (including gender) and the  
skills and competencies of the existing 
Directors when drawing up specifications 
for new appointments.  It ensures that  
the development needs of Executive 
Directors and other senior managers  
are addressed appropriately. 

An external search consultancy is ordinarily 
used in relation to the appointment of both 
Executive and Non-Executive Directors. 

The Committee also considers whether 
Directors due to retire at an Annual General 
Meeting should be recommended for re-
appointment, and whether the appointment 
of Non-Executive Directors reaching the 
end of their three-year term should be 
renewed.  Committee members do not  
vote on their own re-appointment. 

Following the review of the Board and  
its effectiveness the Committee will be 
providing additional focus in relation to 
succession planning in the coming year. 

34 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
34  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
Audit Committee report 

David Clifford 
Chairman of the Audit Committee 

“Overall, I am satisfied that the 
activities of the Committee during 
the year enable it to gain a good 
understanding of the key risks 
impacting the Group along with  
the oversight of its key controls.” 

Dear Shareholder, 
I am pleased to introduce the report of the 
Audit Committee for 2017. 

The Committee plays an important part  
in the governance of the Group, with its 
principal activities focused on the integrity of 
financial reporting, quality and effectiveness 
of internal and external audit, risk 
management and the system of  
internal control. 

During the year the Audit Committee 
has undertaken the following tasks: 
–  considered our financial results 

announcements and financial statements 
and monitored compliance with relevant 
statutory and listing requirements; 

–  reported to the Board on the 

appropriateness of our accounting 
policies and practices; 

–  overseen the relationship with the 

external auditors including reviewing  
their independence, objectivity  
and effectiveness; 

–  reviewed the external auditors’ plan  

for the audit of the Group’s accounts, 
approved the terms of engagement for 
the audit and reviewed their findings; 
–  reviewed the process for ensuring that 
senior management confirm that they 
have supplied the auditors with  
relevant audit information; 

–  approved the audit fees paid to the 
external auditors and reviewed the 
application of the policy on non-audit 
work performed by them together with 
the non-audit fees payable to them; 
–  reviewed the scope, resources, results 
and effectiveness of the activity of the 
Group internal audit department; 

–  reviewed the work of the Executive  
Risk Committee, which oversees the 
identification and management of the 
risks to the business, together with 
reports on the Group’s systems of 
internal control; 

–  performed in-depth reviews of specific 
areas of financial reporting, risk and 
internal controls and discussed these 
with the executives responsible for the 
relevant area; 

–  considered all matters reported via the 
whistleblowing line and reports relating  
to fraud; 

–  reviewed the viability statement; and 
–  reviewed its terms of reference  

and effectiveness. 

We meet formally at key times within our 
reporting calendar and the agendas are 
designed to cover significant areas of risk 
over the course of the year and to provide 
oversight and challenge to the key financial 
judgments, controls and processes that 
operate within the Company. 

The Committee will continue to keep  
its activities under review in the light  
of regulatory developments and the 
emergence of best practice. 

Overall, I am satisfied that the activities of 
the Committee during the year enable it  
to gain a good understanding of the key 
risks impacting the Group along with  
the oversight of its key controls. 

I will be available to answer any questions at 
the AGM in September. 

David Clifford 
Chairman of the Audit Committee 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

35
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  35 

Directors’ reportStrategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Audit Committee report continued 

The internal audit reports this year  
received and reviewed by the Committee 
showed an increasing stock-loss in stores.  
As a result there is a renewed focus on 
reducing this loss through improved 
operational discipline.  There will be a 
measure relative to operational discipline as 
part of the annual bonus in respect of the 
financial year ending 2018, details of which 
are contained in the remuneration report  
on page 58. 

Financial reporting 
The Committee reviewed, with 
management and the external auditors, the 
half-year and annual financial statements, 
concentrating on, amongst other matters: 

–  the appropriateness and application  

of accounting policies and compliance 
with the relevant financial reporting 
requirements; 

–  material areas in which significant 

judgments have been applied or there 
has been discussion with the external 
auditors; and 

–  whether the Annual Report and Accounts 

contains the necessary disclosures  
to fairly reflect the Group’s financial 
condition and results of its operations. 

To aid its review, the Committee considered 
reports from the Chief Financial Officer and 
also reports from the external auditors on 
the outcomes of their half-year review and 
annual audit. 

The primary areas of judgment considered 
by the Committee in relation to the 2017 
accounts, and how these were addressed, 
are set out below.  In all cases the 
Committee discussed with PwC  
its work in respect of these areas. 

The Audit Committee is chaired by David 
Clifford.  The Board has determined that 
David Clifford has recent and relevant 
financial experience.  There have not been 
any changes to the composition of the 
Committee in the period.  The biographies 
of the members of the Committee can be 
found on page 31.  Details of membership 
and attendance are set out below: 

Number of meetings: 

5 
Meetings 
eligible to 
attend 

Attendance 

Members 
David Clifford 
(Committee 
Chairman) 
Andrew Page 
Sandra Turner 

5 
5 
4 

5 
5 
5 

Main activities of the 
Committee during the year 
The Committee assisted the Board in 
carrying out its responsibilities in relation  
to financial reporting requirements, risk 
management and the assessment of 
internal controls and has an agenda  
linked to events in the Group’s financial 
calendar.  It also reviewed the effectiveness 
of the Group’s internal audit function and 
managed the Group’s relationship with  
the external auditors.  The Committee 
Chairman reported to the Board, as part of 
a separate agenda item, on the activity of 
the Committee and matters of particular 
relevance to the Board in the conduct  
of its work. 

The Committee reviewed the viability 
statement, which is designed to be a 
longer-term view of the sustainability of  
the Company’s strategy and business 
model and related resourcing, in the light  
of projected wider economic and market 
developments.  The Committee reviewed 
the processes designed to enable the 
Board to make this statement.  The 
statement appears on page 25 together 
with details of the processes, assumptions, 
and testing which underpin it. 

Composition 
The Committee meets at least four times 
during the year.  Meetings are attended  
by the members who are independent  
Non-Executive Directors and, by invitation, 
the Chairman, the Chief Executive, the Chief 
Financial Officer, and the Director of Group 
Internal Audit.  The external auditors, 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC),  
were invited to three meetings this year. 

This year, Deloitte LLP, who provide services 
to the internal audit team, also attended one 
meeting with the Audit Committee. 

Other relevant people from the business  
are also invited to attend certain meetings  
in order to provide a deeper level of insight 
into certain key issues and developments.  
There are also private meetings with the 
external and internal auditors without 
management present. 

The Audit Committee is appointed by the 
Board from the Non-Executive Directors of 
the Company.  The terms of reference are 
reviewed annually by the Audit Committee 
and are then referred to the Board for 
approval.  These are available on the 
Company’s corporate website at 
www.carpetright.plc.uk. 

36 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
36  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

Risk management and  
internal control 
Internal audit 
The Committee considered and approved 
the Annual Internal Audit plan and at each 
meeting reviewed reports from the Director 
of Group Internal Audit, including those 
showing performance against the plan,  
and approved changes as appropriate.   
The reports include updates on audit 
activities, progress of the Group audit plan, 
the results of any unsatisfactory audits and 
the action plans to address these areas, 
and resource requirements of the Internal 
Audit department.  The internal audit team 
utilises the services of Deloitte LLP to assist 
in the discharge of its functions.  Private 
discussions are held with the Director  
of Group Internal Audit as necessary 
throughout the year.  Deloitte also met  
with the Committee during the year. 

Internal control 
The Committee reviewed the process  
by which the Group evaluated its control 
environment.  Its work here is driven 
primarily by the work undertaken by the 
Group’s Internal Audit department, which 
includes any reported fraud.  The Director  
of Group Internal Audit monitored the timely 
implementation of any recommendations 
and reported to the Committee accordingly.  
The Committee also reviewed the 
documentation prepared to support  
the Board’s annual statement on internal 
controls before its consideration by the  
full Board. 

Goodwill impairment testing 
The judgments in relation to goodwill 
impairment largely relate to the assumptions 
underlying the calculation of the value-in-
use of the business being tested for 
impairment, primarily the achievement  
of the long-term business plan and 
macroeconomic assumptions underlying 
the valuation process.  The Committee 
addressed these matters through receiving 
reports from management and discussing 
the assumptions used.  The Committee 
agreed that no impairment was necessary. 

Impairment of the valuation of freehold 
and long-leasehold property 
The Committee has carried out a further 
review of the property valuations.  Following 
discussions with both management  
and PwC, the Committee agreed with 
management that a release of £2.2m of  
the impairment of the property charge 
previously carried is appropriate. 

Onerous lease provision 
The practice is to treat a lease as being 
onerous if the store relative to the lease  
is closed or if the expected benefits of  
using the leased property are less than the 
unavoidable property costs.  Management 
makes an assessment as to the cost  
of exiting the lease based on available 
information and knowledge of the property 
market.  The Committee has discussed  
with management the judgments and 
assumptions made in determining the 
provision and agreed with management  
that as a result of the disposal of leases of 
three properties previously considered to be 
onerous, the leases of three further trading 
stores being identified as onerous and the 
reassessment of the provision, there would 
be a net charge of £11.0m to the provision.  
Further details can be found in note 5 to  
the financial statements on page 78. 

Whistleblowing 
The Company operates a whistleblowing 
telephone line in the UK and an email 
whistleblowing facility in Europe.  Both  
are operated by independent companies 
and reports are received by the Director  
of Group Internal Audit, the Company 
Secretary or the HR Director.  Matters 
reported related to individual treatment by 
line managers or colleagues, dishonesty, 
right to work in the UK and breach of 
Company policy.  In each case the issues 
were investigated, a judgment was made 
and action taken where appropriate.   
The outcome of all matters was  
reported to the Audit Committee. 

Risk management 
The Group’s risk assessment process and 
the way in which significant business risks 
are managed is a key area of focus for the 
Committee.  The Committee received and 
considered reports from the Chief Financial 
Officer on the Group’s risk evaluation 
process and reviewed changes to significant 
risks identified.  It also discussed emerging 
and potential risks. 

The Committee reviewed, in detail, the 
assessment and controls for the principal 
risks and uncertainties as set out on pages 
26 and 27.  The work included a review of 
the controls in place to mitigate the risk,  
the assessment by the Director of Group 
Internal Audit and a discussion with the  
risk owner, being a senior executive.   
The Committee considered in-depth 
reviews into fitters, people, information 
technology and cyber risks, risks in Europe, 
changing customer preferences and the  
property portfolio. 

The Committee considers these reviews  
to be an important part of its role, as they 
allow it to meet executive management 
responsible for these areas and undertake 
independent challenge of their activities. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

37
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  37 

Directors’ reportStrategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statements 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Audit Committee report continued 

External audit 
Assessing the effectiveness of the external 
audit process is dependent on appropriate 
audit risk identification at the start of the 
audit cycle.  The Committee received a 
detailed audit plan from PwC, identifying 
their assessment of these key risks.  For  
the 2017 financial year the primary risks 
identified and how the scope of the audit 
addressed the area of focus are set out in 
the auditors’ report on pages 103 to 108. 

The Committee discusses the work done 
by the auditors to test management’s 
assumptions and estimates around  
these areas.  The Committee assesses  
the effectiveness of the audit process  
in addressing these matters through the 
reporting it receives from, and discussions 
with, PwC at both the half-year and year-
end.  In addition, the Committee also  
seeks feedback from management on  
the effectiveness of the audit process. 

For the 2017 financial year, management 
was satisfied that there had been 
appropriate focus and challenge on the 
primary areas of audit risk and assessed  
the quality of the audit process to be good.  
The Audit Committee concurred with the 
view of management. 

The Committee holds private meetings with 
the external auditors twice a year to provide 
additional opportunity for open dialogue  
and feedback from the auditors without 
management being present.  Matters 
discussed include the transparency and 
openness of interactions with management 
and confirmation that there has been no 
restriction in scope placed on them by 
management.  The Audit Committee 
chairman also meets with the audit  
partner from time to time outside  
the formal committee process. 

Appointment and independence 
The Committee and Board place great 
emphasis on the independence and 
objectivity of the Group’s auditors, PwC, 
when performing their role in the Group’s 
reporting to shareholders and considering 
their re-appointment each year. 

The Committee reviews the independence, 
objectivity and performance of the auditors 
annually, including the annual report on  
the auditors produced by the Audit Quality 
Review Team of the Financial Reporting 
Council and the auditors’ own annual report 
on its independence. 

PwC have been auditors to the Company 
since 2005 when they were appointed 
following a competitive tender.  They were, 
again, re-appointed following a competitive 
tender which concluded in May 2016 and 
was reported in the 2016 Annual Report. 

The auditors’ tenure runs from one AGM  
to the next and there are no contractual 
obligations that restrict the Committee’s 
choice of external auditors. 

The external auditors are required to  
rotate the audit partner responsible for the 
Group audit every five years.  The audit of 
this Report and Accounts is the third to be 
carried out of the Group by the current  
audit partner. 

Non-audit services 
To further safeguard the objectivity and 
independence of the external auditors  
from becoming compromised, the 
Committee has a formal policy governing 
the engagement of the external auditors to 
provide non-audit services.  No changes 
have been made to this policy during the 
year.  This precludes the auditors from 
providing certain services such as valuation 
work or the provision of accounting services 
and also sets a presumption that the 
auditors should only be engaged for non-
audit services where the appointment  
of an alternative supplier would be either 
impractical or inefficient, bearing in mind  
the particular circumstances. 

The auditors may only provide such 
services provided that such advice does not 
conflict with their statutory responsibilities 
and ethical guidance.  There are financial 
limits in respect of which the engagement of 
PwC for non-audit services is pre-approved, 
being no more than 10% of the audit fee.  
For those permitted services that exceed 
the specified fee limits, the Audit Committee 
Chairman’s or the Committee’s approval, 
depending upon the financial expenditure, is 
required before PwC can provide non-audit 
services.  The Audit Committee Chairman’s 
approval is required for any engagement of 
PwC where the fee would exceed 10% of 
the audit fee, but is less than 25% of the 
audit fee, with the Committee’s approval 
being required for expenditure in excess  
of 25% of the audit fee. 

The Committee monitors the volume of 
work provided by the auditors and the fees 
incurred in order to consider whether to use 
other firms.  The Company continues to use 
other firms for general tax advice and to 
support the internal audit function. 

During the year the only non-audit services 
work undertaken by PwC related to online 
technical resources at a total cost of £1k 
(2016: £53k). 

Audit and non-audit fees 
Details of the auditors’ remuneration for 
audit work and non-audit fees for the period 
ended 29 April 2017 are disclosed in note 3 
to the financial statements on page 77 and 
disclosed above.  The Committee approved 
the fees for audit services for 2017 after a 
review of the level and nature of work to be 
performed and after being satisfied that the 
fees were appropriate for the scope of the 
work required. 

Committee evaluation 
The Committee’s activities formed part of 
the review of Board effectiveness performed 
in the year.  Details of this process can  
be found on page 33.  No significant 
matters were identified which needed  
to be addressed. 

38 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
38  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

Directors’ remuneration report 

Sandra Turner 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

“The New Policy is designed to 
ensure that executive remuneration 
will continue to be directly related to 
the achievement of the Company’s 
strategic aims.” 

Dear Shareholder, 
I am pleased to present the Directors’ 
remuneration report on behalf of the Board. 

The report comprises three key sections: 

–  This annual letter; 
–  Our remuneration policy report, which 
sets out a summary of the Directors’ 
remuneration policy for all directors of 
Carpetright.  This is a new policy for the 
three years from the Annual General 
Meeting to be held in September 2017 
and will be put to a binding shareholder 
vote at that meeting; and 

–  Our annual remuneration report, which 
sets out how our current remuneration 
policy has been implemented. 

The annual remuneration report is subject  
to an advisory shareholder vote at the  
2017 AGM. 

Remuneration policy 
Our current remuneration policy was 
approved by shareholders at our AGM on  
4 September 2014 and became effective 
for three years (the ‘Current Policy’).  I am 
pleased to summarise the Current Policy 
and the way it has been implemented 
during the financial year ended 2017. 

Looking ahead, I also explain in this report 
the Committee’s thinking with regard to  
the design and structure of the Revised 
Remuneration Policy (the ‘New Policy’) 
which is being placed before shareholders 
for approval on a binding basis at the 
Annual General Meeting to be held in 
September 2017.  If approved, the New 
Policy is expected to operate from the 
conclusion of the 2017 AGM until our  
AGM in 2020. 

The Committee continues to remain mindful 
of the interest in executive remuneration.  
The Committee has therefore carefully 
reviewed and taken into consideration the 
developments in corporate governance  
and best practice during the year.  In line 
with this the Committee has again sought  
to ensure that the remuneration policies  
and practices, and the New Policy being 
proposed at this year’s AGM, are clearly 
explained and justified such that they will 
drive behaviour that is both appropriate  
and in the long-term interests of the 
Company and shareholders. 

Remuneration policy review 
The Committee has engaged and consulted 
with its key shareholders and shareholder 
representative bodies with regard to director 
remuneration focusing, in particular, on 
obtaining feedback on the proposals for  
the New Policy.  The Committee has 
considered and taken into account all  
of the feedback which it has received  
and is grateful for the engagement that  
has taken place. 

Shareholders approved the Current Policy 
at the 2014 AGM, with a vote in favour of 
87%.  Subsequent years’ remuneration 
reports detailing the application year on  
year of the Current Policy were approved by 
shareholders with votes in favour of 85%.  
The majority of the vote against the reports 
related to the absence of a two-year post-
vesting period in relation to the Company’s 
Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP).  The 
Committee, accordingly, took that into 
account in producing the revised policy and 
the New Policy includes such a provision. 

The Committee remains firmly committed  
to ensuring that the remuneration of the 
Executive Directors supports and drives the 
Carpetright strategy based on a framework 
which both challenges and motivates 
management to deliver the strategy  
and value for our shareholders. 

A summary of the changes proposed 
between the Current Policy and the New 
Policy is set out in the policy table on pages 
42 to 45 and, as can be seen, only limited 
changes are being proposed. 

Long term incentive plan 
As explained above, one change that we 
are proposing is the introduction of a two-
year post-vesting period in relation to the 
Company’s LTIP.  A resolution to amend 
the LTIP rules will be presented to the AGM 
as a consequential amendment is required 
to enable dividend equivalents to be paid in 
respect of the two-year post-vesting period.  
This will apply to all awards which have 
been made subject to a post-vesting 
holding period, including those to be  
made in July 2017. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

39
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  39 

Directors’ reportStrategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Directors’ remuneration report continued 

The Committee also recognises that it  
is increasingly common for companies  
to include more than one performance 
measure in respect of the LTIP.  Historically 
the Company has only included one 
measure in respect of LTIP awards and  
has debated, at length, an appropriate 
second measure.  Amendments have  
been proposed in the New Policy to make 
this desire more explicit.  However, the 
Committee decided that, for grants made 
this year, only one measure will be used. 

Share retention guidelines 
The current shareholding guideline is  
for Executive Directors to hold the same 
percentage of base salary as awards are 
made under the LTIP. 

Changes have been made to the 
shareholding guidelines such that  
there is an additional holding period  
in respect of shares vesting under the  
Long-Term Incentive Plan of one year  
post-employment. 

Conclusion 
The Committee is confident that the  
New Policy will ensure that the level of 
remuneration in place and its linkage to  
the achievement of increasing shareholder 
value continues to remain appropriate.  In 
particular, the New Policy is designed to: 
ensure that executive remuneration will 
continue to be directly related to the 
achievement of the Company’s strategic 
aims; link a significant proportion of pay to 
performance, with appropriate and robust 
performance criteria and targets; directly 
relate increases in pay and pension to the 
workforce in general; have no retrospective 
adjustment or re-testing of performance  
or related metrics; be compatible with the 
Company’s risk policies and systems  
and remain sufficiently flexible to address 
changing circumstances as they arise but 
within carefully agreed parameters.  The 
Committee therefore commends the New 
Policy to shareholders at the 2017 AGM  
as set out in the Notice of Meeting. 

Voting on both the New Policy and the 
annual report on remuneration will take 
place at the forthcoming AGM to be held  
on 7 September 2017. 

Salaries 
For the 2017 pay review, the Chief 
Executive and the Chief Financial Officer 
indicated to the Committee that, in light of 
the performance of the business, their base 
salaries should remain unchanged.  The 
Committee therefore decided not to 
conduct a review of their pay and,  
as a result, their base salaries  
remain unchanged. 

Annual bonus scheme 
As described in the financial review  
section of the Annual report the Group has 
delivered an underlying profit before tax of 
£14.4m.  The strategic objectives relating  
to property and customer service for the 
Executive Directors were both achieved in 
part.  However, this level of profit is below 
the level at which an annual bonus would 
be earned.  Consequently, no bonus will be 
paid in respect of the financial year ended 
April 2017.  Further details can be found  
in the annual report on remuneration  
on page 53. 

Annual incentive arrangements for the 
financial year ending 2018 for Executive 
Directors will be again based upon the 
achievement of underlying profit targets and 
strategic objectives.  Subject to commercial 
confidentiality, performance against these 
targets will be disclosed in next year’s report. 

Long term incentives 
The level of vesting under the LTIP  
awards made in July 2014 reflects  
the challenging targets that were set for 
participants.  The performance measure  
set related to cumulative underlying profit 
over a three-year measurement period.   
I am pleased to report that, for the first  
time since 2009, the performance over  
the three-year period has been such that 
75% of the LTIP awards made will vest  
on 31 July 2017. 

The Committee has reviewed the current 
performance of the LTIP awards made in 
2015 and 2016, which were also based 
upon cumulative underlying earnings per 
share measures, and has concluded that 
they are currently unlikely to vest.  Further 
details can be found on page 55. 

It is anticipated that awards under the  
LTIP will normally be made following the 
announcement of the annual results.   
The awards to be made in 2017 will  
have a performance measure based on 
underlying earnings per share and will  
be subject to a two-year post-vesting 
holding period.  The Committee will 
continue to keep the introduction of a 
second performance measure relative for 
LTIP awards under review for future awards.  
The level of awards will be consistent with 
the level made in previous years. 

Gender pay gap reporting 
In addition to the consideration of executive 
remuneration, the Committee has taken a 
keen interest in the gender pay gap and the 
Company will be publishing its data when 
required by law. 

Closing comments 
I will be available to answer any questions  
at the AGM in September and recommend 
that you support the adoption of the New 
Policy, the Directors’ remuneration report 
and annual report on remuneration at our 
forthcoming meeting. 

Sandra Turner 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

40 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
40  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

Part 2 – Directors’ Remuneration Policy Report 
Introduction 
This report has been prepared to comply with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and other applicable legislation, including the 
Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended) (‘Regulations’), and has also 
been prepared in line with the recommendations of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’) and the Listing Rules of the  
UK Listing Authority. 

As part of its responsibilities the Remuneration Committee prepares the Policy Report, below, describing the framework within which the 
Company remunerates its Executive Directors and other senior executives (subject to shareholder approval).  If approved by shareholders  
at the 2017 AGM, it will replace the Current Policy (approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGM) and will apply for a period of three years 
from the date of the 2017 AGM or until a revised Policy is approved by shareholders, if sooner.  Any existing remuneration commitments  
or contractual arrangements agreed prior to the approval and implementation of this Policy in accordance with any policy in place at the 
time, namely before 7 September 2017, will be honoured in accordance with their original terms. 

Adoption of New Policy 
The Company’s existing remuneration policy was subject to a binding shareholder vote at the 2014 Annual General Meeting of  
the Company. 

The Company is proposing to shareholders the New Policy at the forthcoming 2017 AGM, in order to meet the requirement for such 
policies to be submitted to shareholders at least once every three years.  The New Policy is again designed to ensure that the remuneration 
framework will support and drive the strategy forward by both challenging and motivating the Executive Directors and senior management 
to deliver it and drive value for our shareholders.  Details of the New Policy are set out on pages 42 to 49. 

The Remuneration Policy Report as approved by shareholders at the Company’s 2014 AGM is set out in the Company’s 2014, 2015 and 
2016 Annual Reports which can be found on the Company’s website at www.carpetright.plc.uk. 

Policy overview 
A key part of the Committee’s role is to ensure that the remuneration of Executive Directors and senior management is aligned to the 
Company’s strategic objectives.  It is key that the Company is able to attract and retain leaders who are focused and also appropriately 
incentivised to deliver the Company’s strategic objectives within a framework which is aligned with the interests of the Company’s 
shareholders.  This alignment is (or will be, if the New Policy is adopted by shareholders) achieved through a combination of setting 
appropriate performance targets, a retention period for vested LTIP awards and share ownership guidelines which require executives to 
build up holdings of Carpetright shares.  These guidelines, which are reviewed at least annually, require Executive Directors to build up and 
maintain a target holding having a value equal to the same multiple of base salary as awards are made under the LTIP (150% for Wilf Walsh, 
125% for Neil Page).  Until such a holding is achieved, each Executive Director is obliged to retain shares with a minimum value equal to 
50% of the post-tax vested shares under the LTIP. 

The Committee ensures that a significant proportion of the overall remuneration package of Executive Directors remains at risk.  With  
all packages for Executive Directors substantially geared towards meeting targets set under the annual bonus and long-term incentive 
schemes, the Committee believes that the pay and benefits of its Executive Directors and senior management adequately take account  
of reward versus risk. 

The Committee considers that no element of the remuneration arrangements, which are all very carefully considered, will encourage 
inappropriate risk taking or behaviour by any executive. 

The policy for the remuneration of the Executive and Non-Executive Directors is set out in the tables below.

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

41
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  41 

Directors’ reportStrategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statements 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Directors’ remuneration report continued 

Policy Table – Elements of Directors’ remuneration package 

Executive Directors 

Purpose and link to strategy  Operation 

Maximum 

Performance measurement 

Base salary 
Helps to recruit and 
retain Executive 
Directors. 

Reflects 
responsibilities, 
performance, 
experience and role.  

Generally reviewed annually (with any 
change effective in May) but exceptionally at 
other times of the year. 

Annual increases generally in line 
with the level of standard increase 
awarded to other employees. 

Not applicable 

Set with reference to individual performance,  
experience and responsibilities, reflecting the 
market rate for the individual and their role. 

More significant increases may be 
awarded at the discretion of the 
Committee in connection with: 

When reviewing the salaries of the Executive 
Directors, the Committee also has regard to 
the impact on the cost of pension provision 
and pay and conditions elsewhere in the 
Group.  In particular, the Committee takes 
account of the level of salary increases 
awarded to other employees of the  
Group when deciding on increases for 
Executive Directors. 

–  an increase in the scope and 

responsibility of the individual’s 
role; or 

–  the individual’s development and 
performance in the role following 
appointment. 

No substantive change to policy from 2014 vote. 

Benefits 
Provides a competitive 
package of benefits to 
assist with recruitment 
and retention of 
Executive Directors. 

Executive Directors are entitled to a 
competitive package of benefits, including: 
–  car benefits; 
–  life assurance; and 
–  private medical cover. 

No substantive change to policy from 2014 vote. 

Not applicable 

The value of a car allowance is of a 
level appropriate to the individual’s 
role and  
is subject to review from time to 
time. 
The cost to the Company of other 
benefits is not predetermined and 
may vary from year to year. 

42 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
42  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
Purpose and link to strategy  Operation 

Maximum 

Performance measurement 

Pension 
The Company  
aims to provide 
competitive 
retirement benefits. 

This helps recruit 
and retain Executive 
Directors. 

The Company operates a defined contribution 
Group Personal Pension Plan (‘GPPP’).  Executive 
Directors are offered a specific percentage of their 
base salary to fund their own pension provision.  
The Executive Directors are able to choose whether 
the allowance is paid to the GPPP or to receive  
the allowance by way of a salary supplement. 

No substantive change to policy from 2014 vote. 

Up to 20% of base salary. 

Not applicable 

Annual bonus 
To incentivise 
achievement of 
annual targets and 
objectives consistent 
with the short to 
medium-term 
strategic needs  
of the business,  
so as to encourage 
sustainable growth  
in the Company’s 
operating profits. 

Bonuses are awarded by reference to performance 
against specific targets measured over a single 
financial year. 

Any amounts awarded to an Executive Director 
under this arrangement are paid out in full shortly 
after the assessment of the performance targets 
has been completed. 

Bonuses do not form part of the Executive 
Directors’ pensionable earnings. 

Bonuses are subject to clawback at the discretion 
of the Committee in the event of a material 
misstatement of the financial results, an error  
in assessing the size of the bonus or where  
the individual had committed an act of gross 
misconduct during the relevant financial year. 

Capped at 100% of  
base salary. 

The percentage payable 
for on-target performance 
is determined by the 
Committee each year in 
light of the degree of 
stretch in the targets and 
affordability of the resulting 
bonus pay-outs relative to 
budgeted levels of profit. 

No substantive change to policy from 2014 vote. 

The measures and targets 
are set annually by the 
Committee in order to 
ensure that they are 
relevant to participants 
and take account of the 
most up-to-date business 
plan and strategy. 

All or a significant majority 
of the bonus opportunity 
will normally be 
determined by reference  
to performance against  
a demanding Group 
underlying profit target. 

Additional targets  
applied may relate to  
the achievement of 
specific strategic or 
personal objectives.  
These measures will be 
disclosed in the annual 
report on remuneration, 
where not deemed 
commercially sensitive. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

43
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  43 

Directors’ reportStrategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Directors’ remuneration report continued 

Purpose and link to strategy  Operation 

Maximum 

Performance measurement 

Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) 
Incentivises 
Executive Directors 
to deliver superior 
levels of long-term 
performance for  
the benefit of 
shareholders, 
thereby aligning  
their interests  
with those of  
the Company’s 
investors. 

The current LTIP was approved at the 2013 AGM 
(Carpetright Long Term Incentive Plan 2013). 

Awards consist of annual awards of shares that vest 
three years after grant to the extent that performance 
conditions have been met over a three-year 
performance period. 

A two-year post-vesting holding period applies to 
shares (less any required to be sold to cover tax  
and social security) that vest.  

Awards are subject to clawback at the discretion of  
the Committee in the event of a material misstatement 
of the financial results, an error in the calculation of 
performance conditions or if the participant ceases  
to be employed as a result of misconduct. 

–  normal maximum of 
150% of salary; and 

–  exceptional 

circumstances 
maximum 250%  
of salary. 

Dividend equivalents 
may be payable on  
LTIP awards, in cash  
or shares, to the extent 
that awards vest. 

The measures and targets 
are set annually by the 
Committee ensuring 
alignment with the 
Company’s medium  
to long-term strategy. 

Awards to be made in the 
financial year ending 2018 
are expected to be subject 
to performance conditions 
based on the Company’s 
underlying earnings per 
share. 

25% will vest at threshold 
with full vesting taking 
place for equalling or 
exceeding the maximum 
target, with a sliding scale 
between the two points. 

The Committee has 
discretion to set different 
and multiple metrics and 
targets for future awards. 

Proposed substantive change for 2017 policy vote. 

The revised policy provides clarity that 25% of an award will vest at threshold.  The former policy was silent on the matter. 

A two-year post-vesting holding period has been introduced. 

All employee share schemes, including a Sharesave Plan and Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’) 
Encourages a broad 
range of employees 
to become long-term 
shareholders. 

The Company operates HM Revenue and  
Customs approved Sharesave and SIP plans  
with standard terms. 

Sharesave and SIP 
participation limits are 
as set by the UK tax 
authorities from time  
to time. 

Not applicable 

No substantive change to policy from 2014 vote. 

44 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
44  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
Purpose and link to strategy  Operation 

Maximum 

Performance measurement 

Share retention guidelines 
To further align the 
interests of Executive 
Directors to those of 
shareholders. 

Executive Directors are expected to build up and retain 
a shareholding of the same percentage of salary as 
awards are made under the LTIP by the retention of 
shares with a minimum value equal to 50% of the net  
of tax gain arising from any vesting or exercise under 
the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan. 

The Executive Directors are required to continue to hold 
the lower of 50% of their guideline level and 50% of the 
value of shares they own at cessation of employment 
(excluding shares purchased in the market) for a period 
of one year following cessation of employment. 

Not applicable. 

Not applicable. 

Proposed substantive change for 2017 policy vote. 

This matter did not previously appear in the policy table, although the guidelines existed and was reported upon in previous Annual 
Reports.  In 2014 the guideline was to build up and retain a shareholding having a value equal to 100% of base salary using the 
mechanism set out above.  This was increased in 2015 to shareholdings having a value equal to the same percentage of salary  
as awards are made under the LTIP (150% for the Chief Executive and 125% for the Chief Financial Officer). 

The guideline now applies, to a reduced extent, for a period of one year following cessation of employment. 

Non-Executive Directors 
Helps recruit and 
retain high quality, 
experienced 
individuals.  

Reflects time 
commitment  
and role. 

The Chairman is paid a fee, and no additional fee will be paid 
for chairing any of the Board’s Committees. 

Non-Executive Directors are paid an annual basic fee plus 
additional fees are payable to the Senior Independent Director 
(SID) and the Chair of each of its Committees.  Where the SID 
role is combined with that of chairing a Committee then only 
one fee is paid. 

Not applicable. 

The aggregate  
amount of Directors’ 
fees is limited by the 
Company’s Articles  
of Association. 

Non-Executive Directors are not eligible for pension scheme 
membership, bonus or incentive arrangements.  They are 
entitled to reimbursement of reasonable business expenses 
and tax thereon. 

Limited benefits relating to travel, accommodation and 
hospitality may be provided in relation to the performance  
of any Directors’ duties. 

Non-Executive Directors’ fees are set by the Executive 
Directors with reference to external data on fee levels in  
similar businesses, having taken account of the 
responsibilities of individual Directors and their  
expected annual time commitment. 

Proposed substantive change for 2017 policy vote. 

The references to deputy chairman have been removed as the Company no longer has a deputy chairman (who was also the SID) and 
clarity has been provided that an additional fee can be paid to the SID. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

45
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  45 

Directors’ reportStrategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Directors’ remuneration report continued 

Differences in remuneration policy across the Group 
The remuneration policy for the Executive Directors and other senior executives is designed with regard to the policy for employees across 
the Group as a whole.  However, the differences set out above arise from the development of remuneration arrangements that are market 
competitive for the various categories of individuals.  They also reflect the fact that, in the case of the Executive Directors and senior 
executives, a greater emphasis is typically placed on performance-related pay and in share-based form, which provides a good link  
to long-term Company performance. 

The following differences exist between the above policy for the remuneration of Directors and its approach to the payment of  
employees generally: 

–  a lower level of maximum annual bonus opportunity applies to employees other than the Executive Directors and certain  

senior managers; 

–  store-based colleagues receive commission based upon sales achieved, and field-based colleagues receive bonuses based upon the 

performance of their sphere of responsibility; 

–  participation in the LTIP is limited to the Executive Directors and certain selected senior managers.  Other employees are eligible to 

participate in the Company’s all employee share schemes; 

–  under the Company’s defined contribution pension scheme, the Company contribution for less senior employees is lower than that 

provided to Executive Directors; and 

–  benefits offered to other employees generally comprise colleague discount and, depending upon the colleague’s seniority, healthcare. 

Incentive plan determinations and discretions 
The Committee fully recognises that the exercise of discretion must be undertaken in a very careful and considered way and that it is  
an area that will quite rightly come under scrutiny from shareholders and other stakeholders.  It is, however, important for the Committee  
to retain some discretion to make payments outside its remuneration policy in exceptional circumstances.  The Committee confirms that 
any exercise of discretion in such circumstances would be within the available discretions set out in this report, the rules of the relevant 
schemes, the Listing Rules and HMRC rules where relevant and that the maximum levels available under any relevant plans would not  
be exceeded. 

The Committee may grant awards under the LTIP as conditional share awards or nil (or nominal) cost options.  The Committee may also 
decide to grant cash-based awards of an equivalent value to share-based awards or to satisfy share-based awards in cash, although it 
does not currently intend to do so, other than in respect of the tax element of any vesting of awards made under the LTIP.  The Committee 
may decide that participants will receive a dividend equivalent payment (in cash and/or shares). 

The choice of the performance metrics applicable to the annual bonus reflect the Committee’s aim that annual incentives should promote 
growth in underlying earnings, while also promoting the achievement of key non-financial objectives.  The LTIP performance measure 
captures long-term growth in earnings performance, which we believe is most closely aligned with the financial performance expected  
by our shareholders.  In line with the Association of British Insurers’ Guidelines on Responsible Investment Disclosure, the Committee will 
ensure that the incentive structure for Executive Directors and senior management will not raise environmental, social or governance risks 
by inadvertently motivating irresponsible behaviour.  More generally, the Committee will ensure that the overall remuneration policy does not 
encourage inappropriate operational risk-taking. 

46 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
46  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
With regard to the annual bonus scheme and the LTIP, the Committee, consistent with market practice, is required to make certain 
determinations under and retains discretion over a number of areas relating to the operation and administration of these plans.  These 
include (but are not limited to) the following (with the maximum level of awards restricted as set out in the policy table on pages 42 to 45): 

–  who participates in the plans; 
–  the timing of grant of award and/or payment; 
–  the size of an award and/or a payment (within the limits set out in the policy table above); 
–  the choice of (and adjustment of) performance measures and targets for each incentive plan in accordance with the policy set out above 

and the rules of each plan;  

–  discretion relating to the measurement of performance in the event of a change of control or reconstruction; 
–  determination of good leaver status for incentive plan purposes based on the rules of each plan and the appropriate treatment chosen; 
–  making adjustments required in certain circumstances (e.g. rights issues, corporate restructuring, on a change of control and special 

dividends), provided that the revised conditions or targets are not materially less difficult to satisfy; and 

– discretion to allow participants to sell, transfer, assign or dispose of some or all of their shares in exceptional circumstances before the 

end of the holding period, subject to such additional terms and conditions as the Committee may specify. 

Any exercise of discretions would, where relevant, be explained in the annual report on remuneration and may, as appropriate, be the 
subject of consultation with the Company’s major shareholders. 

Legacy arrangements 
In approving the Policy Report, authority is given to the Company to honour any commitments entered into with current or former Directors 
that is consistent with the approved remuneration policy in force at the time the commitment was made (or, if made before the Current 
Policy was approved, as have been disclosed previously to shareholders), or was made at a time when the relevant individual was not  
a Director of the Company. 

Consideration of employee views 
Although the Committee does not formally consult employees on executive remuneration, the Committee considers the general basic  
salary increase as well as pay and conditions for the broader employee population when determining the annual salary increases for  
the Executive Directors. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

47
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  47 

Directors’ reportStrategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statements 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Directors’ remuneration report continued 

Service agreements and policy on termination 
It is the Company’s policy to employ UK Executive Directors under contracts with an indefinite term subject to termination by notice given 
by either party, normally of 12 months or less.  Non-UK Executive Directors would be employed under contracts with similar terms to those 
of UK Executive Directors, subject to market practice and laws of any other jurisdiction where an employee is based. 

The Company seeks to avoid any payment for failure.  The circumstances of the termination (taking into account the individual’s 
performance) and an individual’s duty and opportunity to mitigate losses are taken into account in every case. 

If the Company terminates employment without giving full notice to the Executive Director, under the Service Contracts the Company has 
the option to either: 

–  pay damages calculated by reference to common law principles, including an obligation on the Executive Director to mitigate loss; or  
–  make a payment in lieu of notice calculated by reference to basic salary and benefits only.  Such payments may be phased and would be 

reduced or terminated if alternative employment was secured during the notice period.  There is also a requirement to mitigate loss. 

The Company also retains flexibility to pay reasonable legal fees and other costs incurred by the individual that are associated with the 
termination (including the settlement of claims brought against the Company) and to provide outplacement services. 

In circumstances in which a departing director may be entitled to pursue a legal claim, the Company may negotiate settlement terms and, 
with the approval of the Committee on the remuneration elements therein, enter into a settlement agreement accordingly. 

In addition, the Company would honour any legal entitlements, such as statutory redundancy payments or awards made by any tribunal or 
court, which executives may have on, or in respect of, termination. 

No bonuses are payable to individuals who are no longer employed or are under notice at the end of the financial year. 

Long-term incentive awards lapse on cessation of employment other than in certain ‘good leaver’ circumstances (including death, 
retirement with the agreement of the Committee, ill health, or because the individual’s employing company or part of the business in which 
employment is transferred out of the Group or as otherwise determined by the Committee).  Where an individual is a ‘good leaver’, awards 
would not lapse but would normally continue to vest at the end of the original performance period but only if, and to the extent that, the 
applicable performance conditions are satisfied.  Awards would also normally be subject to a pro-rata reduction to take account of the 
proportion of the vesting period that has elapsed, although the Committee has discretion to disapply pro-rating in certain circumstances.  
On a change of control awards would vest early, subject to performance conditions being achieved, and would normally be subject to a 
pro-rata reduction, although the Committee has discretion to disapply pro-rating. 

Neil Page and Wilf Walsh have contracts of an indefinite term, subject to a 12 month notice period.  Non-Executive Directors are entitled to 
one month’s notice. 

Recruitment remuneration 
Salaries for new hires (including internal promotions) will be set to reflect their skills and experience, the Company’s intended pay positioning 
and the market rate for the role.  If it is considered appropriate to appoint a new Director on a below market salary (for example, to allow 
them to gain experience in the role), their salary may be increased to a market level over a number of years by way of a series of increases 
above the general rate of wage growth in the Group and inflation. 

The remuneration package for a new Executive Director would be set in accordance with the terms of the Company’s approved 
remuneration policy in force at the time of appointment.  The Committee has discretion to set different targets and/or vary the weightings  
of the targets used in the annual bonus and LTIP for the first year following appointment.  In addition, the Committee may offer additional 
cash and/or share-based elements if it considers these to be in the best interests of the Company (and therefore shareholders).  Any such 
additional cash and/or share-based payments would be: (i) based solely on remuneration lost when leaving the former employer and would 
reflect (as far as practicable) the delivery mechanism, time horizons and performance requirement attaching to that remuneration; and  
(ii) delivered under the Group’s existing incentive arrangements to the extent possible, although awards may also be granted outside  
these schemes, if necessary, and as permitted under the Listing Rules. 

In the case of an internal appointment, any outstanding variable pay awarded in relation to the previous role will be allowed to pay out 
according to its terms of grant (adjusted as relevant to take into account the Board appointment). 

The Committee may also agree that the Company will compensate executives, both internal and external, for certain relocation expenses 
as appropriate.  Tax equalisation may also be considered if an executive is adversely affected by taxation due to their employment with the 
Company.  Legal fees and other costs incurred by the individual may also be paid by the Company. 

Fees for new Non-Executive Directors would be set in line with the policy set out above. 

48 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
48  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
Outside appointments of the Executive Directors 
Executive Directors retain remuneration from outside non-executive directorships.  Wilf Walsh was a non-executive director of Gala Coral 
until 1 November 2016 and retained his fees from this directorship which accrued at a rate of £80,000 p.a. 

Policy for Non-Executive Directors 
The Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts.  They are appointed for an initial three-year period, subject to being re-elected 
by members annually.  

Consideration of shareholder views 
The Remuneration Committee considers shareholder feedback received on the Directors’ remuneration report each year and guidance 
from shareholder representative bodies more generally.  Shareholders’ views are key inputs when shaping remuneration policy.  The 
Company consulted with major shareholders and other shareholder representative bodies in relation to changes to its remuneration policy. 

Details of votes cast for and against the resolution to approve last year’s remuneration policy and annual report on remuneration, and any 
matters discussed with shareholders during the year, are set out in the annual report on remuneration. 

Expected value of the proposed annual remuneration packages for Executive Directors 
The following chart indicates the level of remuneration payable to Executive Directors in respect of the financial year ended 2018 based 
on policy at ‘minimum’ remuneration, remuneration in line with ‘on-target’ performance and the maximum remuneration available for 
stretch performance. 

1,800

1,500

1,200

900

600

300

)
s
0
0
0
£

(

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

l

a
t
o
T

£1,726

40%

27%

£980

18%

23%

£578

100%

59%

33%

£1,065

35%

28%

37%

£631

15%

24%

61%

£388

100%

Fixed only

Target

Wilf Walsh

Stretch

Fixed only

Target

Neil Page

Stretch

Fixed

Bonus

LTIP

Assumptions: 

–  Fixed only – fixed pay only, including base salary, pension allowance and benefits as disclosed in the single figure table on page 52. 
–  On-target – fixed pay, plus 50% of salary annual bonus, plus 37.5% of salary LTIP vesting (Wilf Walsh) / 31.25% of salary LTIP vesting 

(Neil Page). 

–  Maximum – fixed pay, plus 100% of salary annual bonus, plus 150% of salary LTIP vesting (Wilf Walsh) / 125% of salary LTIP vesting 

(Neil Page). 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

49
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  49 

Directors’ reportStrategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Directors’ remuneration report continued 

Part 3 – Annual report on remuneration 
Introduction 
This annual report on remuneration provides details of the way in which the Committee implemented its policy during the financial year to  
29 April 2017.  It also summarises how the policy contained within the Directors’ Remuneration Policy Report on pages 41 to 49 will be 
applied in the financial year ending 28 April 2018. 

It has been prepared in accordance with the Regulations 2008.  In accordance with the Regulations, this part of the report will be subject to 
an advisory vote at the forthcoming AGM on 7 September 2017. 

The Company’s auditors are required to report to Carpetright’s shareholders on the “auditable parts” of this annual report on remuneration 
(which have been highlighted as such below) and to state whether, in their opinion, those parts have been properly prepared in accordance 
with the Regulations and the Companies Act 2006. 

Structure and Responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee 
The Remuneration Committee is chaired by Sandra Turner.  Details of its membership, the date they joined the Committee and attendance 
are set out below: 

Number of meetings: 

Members 

Sandra Turner (Committee Chairman) 
Andrew Page 
David Clifford 

Date joined Committee 

Attendance 

October 2010 
July 2013 
September 2014 

5 
4 
5 

5 
Meetings eligible 
to attend 

5 
5 
5 

The Non-Executive Directors who served on the Committee had no personal financial interest (other than as shareholders) in the matters 
decided, no potential conflicts of interest from cross-directorships and no day-to-day involvement in running the business.  Biographical 
information on the current Committee members is shown on page 31.  The Company Secretary (Jeremy Sampson) acts as secretary to  
the Committee. 

At the invitation of the Committee, the Chairman (Bob Ivell), the Chief Executive (Wilf Walsh), the Chief Financial Officer (Neil Page), and the 
Director of Human Resources (Lyn Rutherford) regularly attend Committee meetings.  The Committee considers their views when reviewing 
the remuneration of the Executive Directors and senior executives.  They are not involved in decisions concerning their own remuneration. 

The responsibilities of the Committee include: 

–  determining and agreeing with the Board the broad remuneration policy for the Chairman, Executive Directors and senior executives; 
–  setting individual remuneration arrangements for the Chairman and Executive Directors; 
–  recommending and monitoring the level and structure of remuneration for those members of senior management within the scope of 

the Committee; and 

–  approving the service agreements of each Executive Director, including termination arrangements. 

The Committee’s terms of reference are available on the Company’s corporate website (www.carpetright.plc.uk). 

50 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
50  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
Summary of Committee activity during the year ended 2017 
During the year ended 2017 the Committee has: 

–  conducted an extensive review of the current remuneration policy; 
–  considered both internal and external reference points in the completion of this review; 
–  undertaken a formal investor consultation; 
–  discussed and reviewed the salaries of Directors and other senior executives; 
–  discussed and reviewed the level of awards under the LTIP; 
–  considered the appropriate metrics and targets for both the annual bonus and LTIP awards for the year ahead; 
–  considered performance against the targets for the 2016 annual bonus (and following the year end, the 2017 annual bonus); 
–  considered, since the year end, the performance against targets for the 2014 LTIP and approved payments under that award; 
–  considered and approved the content of the Directors’ remuneration report; 
–  reviewed and proposed new share retention guidelines for Directors; 
–  approved the launch of an annual invitation under the SAYE scheme; and 
–  reviewed its own performance. 

Remuneration advice 
The Committee is authorised by the Board to appoint external advisers if it considers this beneficial.  Over the course of the year, the 
Committee was advised by New Bridge Street (a trading name of Aon Hewitt Limited, part of Aon plc).  New Bridge Street was appointed 
as advisers in 2010 following a competitive tender.  The Committee’s advisers attended all five Committee meetings.  New Bridge Street, 
which is a signatory to the Remuneration Consultants’ Group Code of Conduct for Executive Remuneration Consultants, did not provide 
other services to the Company.  Fees paid (excluding VAT) by the Company to New Bridge Street during the year amounted to £39k net  
of VAT (2016: £25k).  Although other members of the Aon plc group of companies provided insurance broking and advisory services to the 
Company, the Committee is satisfied that the provision of such services did not create any conflict of interest.  The Committee reviews the 
effectiveness and independence of its advisers at a Committee meeting on an annual basis. 

Statement of shareholder voting at the 2016 AGM 
The table below shows the voting outcome at the 9 September 2016 AGM in respect of the approval of the  
2016 Directors’ remuneration report. 

To approve the remuneration report 
% votes cast 

Note: 
1.  A vote withheld is not a vote in law. 

For (including 
discretionary 
votes) 

39,507,685 
85% 

Against 

6,882,919 
15% 

Total votes cast 
(for and against 
excluding votes 
withheld) 

Votes withheld1 

Total votes cast 
(including 
withheld votes) 

46,390,604 

397,223 

46,787,827 

One shareholder’s proxy vote represented the majority of the vote against the remuneration policy.  It is understood that this principally 
related to the absence of a two-year post-vesting holding period for LTIPs.  This has been addressed in the New Policy. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

51
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  51 

Directors’ reportStrategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Directors’ remuneration report continued 

How our remuneration policy was implemented in the financial year ended 2017 
Single total figure table for the financial year ended 2017 (audited) 
The remuneration of the Directors for the year was as follows: 

Executive Directors 
Wilf Walsh 
Neil Page 
Total 

Non-Executive Directors 
Bob Ivell 
Sandra Turner 
David Clifford 
Andrew Page 
Total 

Salary  
and fees 
£000 

Benefits1 
£000 

Pension2
£000 

Subtotal fixed 
remuneration
£000 

Bonus3
£000 

Long-term 
incentives4
£000 

All 
employee 
schemes5 
£000 

Subtotal 
variable 
remuneration 
£000 

Single figure 
for total 
remuneration
£000 

459 
300 
759 

150 
44 
44 
44 
282 

28 
28 
56 

92 
60 
152 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

579 
388 
967 

150 
44 
44 
44 
282 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

217 
112 
329 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

4 
4 
8 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

221 
116 
337 

800 
504 
1,304 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

150 
44 
44 
44 
282 

The remuneration of the Directors for the financial year ended 2016 was as follows: 

Executive Directors 
Wilf Walsh 
Neil Page 
Total 

Non-Executive Directors 
Bob Ivell 
Sandra Turner 
David Clifford 
Andrew Page 
Total 

Salary  
and fees 
£000 

Benefits1 
£000 

Pension2
£000 

Subtotal fixed 
remuneration
£000 

Bonus3
£000 

Long-term  
incentives4
£000 

All-
employee 
schemes5 
£000 

Subtotal 
variable 
remuneration 
£000 

Single figure 
for total 
remuneration
£000 

459 
300 
759 

150 
44 
44 
44 
282 

28 
28 
56 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

92 
60 
152 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

579 
388 
967 

150 
44 
44 
44 
282 

240 
157 
397 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

240 
157 
397 

819 
545 
1,364 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

150 
44 
44 
44 
282 

Notes: 
1.  The main benefits available to the Executive Directors during the year ended 2017 were a car allowance, life assurance and private medical cover. 
2.  The pension provision is by way of a salary supplement to the Executive’s base salary. 
3.  This column shows the amount of bonus paid or payable in respect of the year in question. 
4.  This column shows the value of shares that vested in respect of LTIP awards with performance conditions that ended during the relevant period and includes dividends 
accrued during the relevant performance period and are payable on vesting.  The share price used for the purpose of calculation of the figure for the financial year 
ended 2017 is the average mid-market closing share price (rounded to the nearest penny) in the dealing days in the three months to 29 April 2017, being 225p.   
This will be restated in next year’s report to reflect the actual share price on the date of vesting.  Details of the vesting of the January 2014 awards (included in  
the 2016 single figure) are provided on page 54.  Further details of the LTIP’s operation during the year ended 2017 are provided on page 55. 

5.  These figures represent the value of the 20% discount on the Sharesave option price granted in the relevant year. 

52 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
52  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payments to past directors (audited) 
No payments were made to past directors in the financial year ended 2017. 

Pensions (audited) 
Executive Directors are offered an allowance of 20% of their base salary to fund their own pension provision.  The individual is able to 
choose whether this allowance is paid to the Company’s defined contribution Group Personal Pension Plan (‘GPPP’) or paid by way of  
a salary supplement. 

Wilf Walsh and Neil Page both received their allowance as a salary supplement. 

Annual incentives – 2017 structure and outcome (audited) 
In respect of the financial year ended 2017, Executive Directors were eligible to receive an annual performance bonus based on the 
achievement of performance targets relating to Group underlying profit (80% of the total opportunity) and strategic metrics linked to 
property and customer service in store (20% of the total opportunity).  Payment in respect of the achievement of strategic objectives  
was subject to an underpin based upon the Group’s financial performance. 

The strategic objectives were as follows: 

–  A property-related objective.  As disclosed in the Strategic Report on page 12, we are managing the portfolio to reduce square footage, 
eliminate store catchment overlap and relocating to better locations on realistic rent deals.  During the year we opened 14 new stores 
and closed 22, giving a net reduction of 8 stores.  We continue to eliminate stores from towns where we have more than one unit.   
Due to the ongoing activity in relation to the property portfolio the precise targets are commercially sensitive.  The precise targets will  
be disclosed once they are no longer commercially sensitive.  As a result, the property targets in respect of the financial year ended  
2016 as well as in respect of the financial year ended 2017 are yet to be disclosed. 

–  Improvement in customer service relating to the Net Promoter Score.  This was a move away from the previous measure and towards  

a more recognisable metric.  The proportion of highly satisfied customers and overall satisfaction is also measured. 

The maximum bonus opportunity for Executive Directors for the 2017 financial year was 100% (2016: 100%) of basic salary earned in the 
financial year.  In 2017, 50% (2016: 50%) of the financial element was payable for on-target performance. 

The Committee considered the extent to which the Executive Directors had achieved the financial and strategic objectives.  The strategic 
objectives relating to the property objective and the Net Promoter Score were met to the extent as set out in the table below.  However,  
as the financial metric was not achieved, no bonus will be payable. 

Threshold  

Target   Maximum   Actual performance 

Maximum 
percentage 
of bonus 

Actual
percentage
of bonus 

Metric 

Financial 

Underlying profit before tax (£m) 
Property 

20% 
payout 
18.4 
Commercially sensitive 

50% 
payout 
23.0 

100% 
payout 
27.6 

Net Promoter Score (averaged over three months) 
Bonus payout 

71% 

73% 

75% 

14.4 
Threshold 
exceeded 
75% 

80% 
10% 

10% 
100% 

0% 
0% 

0% 
0% 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

53
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  53 

Directors’ reportStrategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Directors’ remuneration report continued 

Long-term incentives (audited) 
LTIP awards granted in January 2014 and included in single figure for the year ended 2016  

The LTIP awards granted in January 2014, which lapsed in January 2017, were based on performance to the year ended 30 April 2016.  
There was a single underlying cumulative profit performance condition relating to these awards, with pro-rata straight-line vesting between  
the points: 

Underlying cumulative profit before tax over the performance period 

Below £44m 
£44m 
£60m 

Vesting level  

0% 
25% 
100% 

Actual cumulative profit measured over the three financial years ended 30 April 2016 was £36.1m.  As a result, none of the awards vested. 

LTIP awards granted in July 2014 and included in the single figure for the year ended 2017 

The LTIP awards granted in July 2014, which will vest in July 2017, are based on performance over the three financial years beginning  
27 April 2014.  There was a single underlying cumulative profit performance condition relating to these awards with pro-rata straight-line 
vesting between the points: 

Underlying cumulative profit before tax over the performance period 

Below £35.2m 
£35.2m 
£51.2m 

The actual performance included in the single figure table is set out below: 

Vesting level  

0% 
25% 
100% 

LTIP award 

July 2014 

Performance target 

Underlying cumulative profit 

Weighting 

100% 

Actual 
performance 

Actual vesting 
level 

Date at end of 

performance period  Date of vesting 

Share price  
at vesting1 

£45.9m 

75% 

29 April 2017  31 July 2017 

225p 

Note: 
1.  The share price used for the purpose of calculation of the figure for the financial year ended 2017 is the average mid-market closing share price (rounded to the nearest 

penny) in the dealing days in the three months to 29 April 2017, being 225p. 

54 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
54  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
LTIP granted July 2015  

The LTIP awards granted in July 2015, which will vest in July 2018, based on performance over the three financial years beginning  
3 May 2015, are shown in the table below:  

Wilf Walsh 

Neil Page 

  Type of award  Basis of grant 

Nil cost 
option 
Nil cost 
option 

150% of 
salary 
125% of 
salary 

Average share 
price in 5 
working days 
preceding 
date of grant 

Number of 
shares over 
which award 
was granted 

Face value of 
award 

577p 

119,324 

£688,499 

Threshold 
vesting 

25% 

Maximum 
vesting 

100% 

577p 

64,991 

£374,998 

25% 

100% 

Performance 
measure 

Cumulative 
underlying 
earnings per 
share to the 
financial year 
ended 2018 

Awards will vest according to performance against the cumulative underlying earnings per share, as set out below: 

Cumulative underlying earnings per share over the performance period 

Less than 65.6p 
65.6p 
80.2p 

Based on current performance these awards are unlikely to vest. 

% of award  
that vests  
(on a straight line 
basis between 
points) 

Equivalent to 
compound profit 
growth from 
2015 

0% 
25% 
100% 

<18.1% 
18.1% 
28.6% 

Vesting level 

Nil 
Threshold 
Maximum 

LTIP granted September 2016  
The LTIP awards granted in September 2016, which will vest in September 2019, based on performance over the three financial years 
beginning 3 May 2016, are shown in the table below:  

Wilf Walsh 

Neil Page 

  Type of award  Basis of grant 

Nil cost 
option 
Nil cost 
option 

150% of 
salary 
125% of 
salary 

Average share 
price in 5 
working days 
preceding 
date of grant 

Number of 
shares over 
which award 
was granted 

Face value of 
award 

241p 

285,684 

£688,498 

Threshold 
vesting 

25% 

Maximum 
vesting 

100% 

241p 

155,601 

£374,998 

25% 

100% 

Performance 
measure 

Cumulative 
underlying 
earnings per 
share to the 
financial year 
ended 2019 

Awards will vest according to performance against the cumulative underlying earnings per share, as set out below: 

Cumulative underlying earnings per share over the performance period 

Less than 68.6p 
68.6p 
83.8p 

Based on current performance these awards are unlikely to vest. 

% of award  
that vests  
(on a straight line 
basis between 
points) 

Equivalent to 
compound profit 
growth from 
financial year 
ending 2016 

0% 
25% 
100% 

<5.9% 
5.9% 
13.2% 

Vesting level 

Nil 
Threshold 
Maximum 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

55
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  55 

Directors’ reportStrategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statements 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Directors’ remuneration report continued 

All-employee share plans (audited) 

Sharesave 

Details of options awarded to the Executive Directors under the Sharesave plan during the course of the year are set out in the table below.  
Both Executive Directors cancelled their participation in previous schemes in order to participate in the 2017 scheme. 

Wilf Walsh 
Neil Page 

Share Incentive Plan 

Granted during the year 

Exercise price 

First exercise date 

Last exercise date 

13,846 
13,846 

130p 
130p 

April 2020 
April 2020 

October 2020 
October 2020 

Carpetright operated a SIP until January 2015, when it was closed as there were fewer than 50 participants.  Neil Page participated in the 
plan, but since closure shares are being transferred out of the trust to Neil as and when they are able to be transferred to him on a tax-free 
basis.  This will continue to January 2020 when all shares will have been transferred to him. 

Summary of all share awards to Directors under the Long-term incentive and sharesave plans 
Set out below is a summary of all share awards as at 29 April 2017. 

Balance at 
30 April 
Date 
2016 
granted 
Jul 141  128,449 
Apr 152 
5,187 
Jul 15  119,324 

– 
– 
– 
–  285,684 
– 
13,846 
  252,960  299,530 

Sept 16 
Apr 17 

Jan 143  69,169 
Apr 142 
2,227 
Jul 141  66,603 
Apr 152 
2,593 
64,991 
Jul 15 
Sept 16 
Apr 17 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
–  155,601 
– 
13,846 
  205,583  169,447 

Wilf 
Walsh 

Neil 
Page 

Notes: 

Granted 
during 
year 

Vested/ 
exercised 
during year 

Lapsed 
during 
year

Balance at 
29 April 
2017

Share price 
at grant/
invitation 
(p)

Market 
price at 
date of 
vesting

Market 
price at 
date of 
exercise

Exercise 
price (p)

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

5,187

– 128,449
–
– 119,324
– 285,684
13,846
–
5,187 547,303

–
–  69,169
–
2,227
– 
66,603
–
– 
–
2,593
– 
64,991
–
– 
– 155,601
– 
– 
13,846
–
–  73,989 301,041

525.5
433
577
241
162

506
505
525.5
433
577
241
162

nil
347
nil
nil
130

nil
404
nil
347
nil
Nil
130

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Amount 
realised 
on 
vesting 
£000 

Date from 
which 
exercisable 

Expiry 

date Scheme

Jul 17  Jul 27
LTIP
– 
Apr 18  Oct 18 SAYE
– 
LTIP
– 
Jul 18  Jul 28
LTIP
–  Sept 19  Sept 29
Apr 21  Oct 21 SAYE
– 

LTIP
Jan 17  Jan 27
– 
Apr 17  Oct 17 SAYE
– 
Jul 17  Jul 27
LTIP
– 
Apr 18  Oct 18 SAYE
– 
LTIP
Jul 18  Jul 28
– 
–  Sept 19  Sept 29
LTIP
Apr 21  Oct 21 SAYE
– 

1.  The performance condition was met and the awards will vest in July 2017.  An estimate of value has been included in the single figure table, although the awards have 

yet to vest. 

2.  These options were cancelled in order to permit participation in the 2017 SAYE offer. 
3.  The performance condition was not met and the awards lapsed in January 2017. 

56 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
56  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share ownership and shareholding guidelines for Directors (audited) 
The Company had a share ownership policy that requires the Executive Directors to build up and maintain a target holding having a value 
equal to the same multiple of base salary as awards are made under the LTIP (150% for Wilf Walsh, 125% for Neil Page).  Until such a 
holding is achieved, an Executive Director is obliged to retain shares with a minimum value equal to 50% of the post-tax vested shares 
under the LTIP.  The Executive Directors are required to hold the lower of 50% of their guideline level and 50% of the value of shares  
they own at cessation of employment (excluding any shares purchased in the market) for a period of one year following cessation of 
employment.  As no LTIP awards have vested, all Directors have complied with the guidelines, although the holdings of Wilf Walsh  
and Neil Page were below the target holding of base salary. 

The beneficial interests of those individuals who were Directors as at 29 April 2017 and their immediate families in the ordinary shares of the 
Company are set out in the table below.  Additionally, the Executive Directors have an indirect interest in 365,248 shares held in trust to 
satisfy awards made under the LTIP. 

Financial 
year 
ended 

Ordinary  
shares 

Ordinary 
shares held 
in the SIP1 

Total holding of 
ordinary shares 

Value of 
holding 
as a % of 
salary on 
the last day of 
the relevant 
financial year2 

Ordinary 
 shares under 
option under the 
Sharesave Plan3 

Ordinary  
shares subject  
to outstanding 
unvested awards  
under the LTIP4 

Total interest in 
ordinary shares 

2017 
2016 
2017 
2016 

53,778 
41,278 
38,042 
27,771 

– 
– 
5,000 
– 

– 
– 
740 
1,011 

– 
– 
– 
– 

53,778 
41,278 
38,782 
28,782 

– 
– 
5,000 
– 

26% 
20% 
29% 
22% 

– 
– 
– 
– 

13,846 
5,197 
13,846 
4,820 

533,457 
247,773 
287,195 
200,763 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

601,081 
294,248 
339,823 
234,365 

– 
– 
5,000 
– 

Executive 
Wilf Walsh 

Neil Page 

Non-Executive 
Bob Ivell 
Sandra Turner 
David Clifford 
Andrew Page 

Notes:  
1.  Under the rules of the SIP, certain shares awarded to participants must be retained in the plan for a specified “holding period” of up to five years.  The receipt of these 
shares is not subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions.  The shares held in the SIP will reduce over time as the SIP has closed.  Please see page 56. 

2.  Share price used is the price as at 29 April 2017: 225p. 
3.  None of these options are subject to a performance condition.  Details of the Sharesave interests can be found on page 56. 
4.  This column shows all unvested and outstanding awards under the LTIP that were held by the Executive Director concerned as at 29 April 2017 (i.e. including those 

granted during the year).  Details of these entitlements, the vesting of which is subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions, are set out on page 56. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

57
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  57 

Directors’ reportStrategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Directors’ remuneration report continued 

Application of the remuneration policy for the financial year ending 2018 
Basic salary 
For the 2017 pay review, the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer indicated to the Committee that, in light of the performance of 
the business, their base salaries should remain unchanged.  The Committee therefore decided not to conduct a review of their pay and,  
as a result, their base salaries remain unchanged.  The current salaries of the Executive Directors are as follows: 

Wilf Walsh 
Neil Page 

Base salary as at 
30 April 2016 
£459,000 
£300,000 

Current base 
salary 

Percentage 
change 

£459,000 
£300,000 

0% 
0% 

Benefits and pension 
Benefits and pension will operate in the financial year ending 2018 as per their respective policies set out in the Policy Report  
on pages 41 to 49. 

Annual bonus plan performance targets 
The annual bonus plan for the financial year ending 2018 will operate consistently with the policy detailed in the Policy Report on page 43. 

Performance targets for the Executive Directors for the financial year ending 2018 will be based on a combination of Group underlying  
profit (80% of the total opportunity) and strategic metrics linked to property (10% of the total opportunity), customer service (5% of the total 
opportunity) and improved store disciplines (5% of the total opportunity).  Payment in respect of the achievement of strategic objectives will 
also be subject to an underpin based on the Group’s financial performance. 

Consistent with our policy and the Group’s practice over a number of years, the Committee has set the percentage of bonus payable for 
on-target performance in light of the degree of stretch in the targets and the affordability of the pay-outs to the Group.  The range will be  
to pay 0% unless a threshold level of performance has been achieved, 20% of maximum at threshold and 50% of maximum for achieving 
target and maximum for achieving a stretch level of performance.  Further details of the targets are currently commercially sensitive and the 
Company will not be disclosing them at the start of the year.  However, they will, unless they remain commercially sensitive, be disclosed 
retrospectively in the 2018 Annual Report and Accounts. 

Long-term incentive awards in the financial year ended 2018 
The Committee intends to make the next awards under the LTIP during the summer of 2017.  The awards for the Executive Directors will 
be at 150% of base salary for Wilf Walsh and 125% for Neil Page and will vest three years from the date of grant, based on performance 
over the three financial years beginning 30 April 2017.  Awards will be made subject to a two-year post-vesting holding period and will  
carry a dividend equivalent.  The awards will vest according to performance against the cumulative underlying earnings per share,  
as set out below: 

Cumulative underlying earnings per share over the performance period 

Less than 64.8p 
64.8p 
79.2p 

% of award  
that vests  
(on a straight line 
basis between 
points) 

Equivalent to 
compound profit 
growth from 
financial year 
ending 2017 

0% 
25% 
100% 

<14.8% 
14.8% 
22.8% 

Vesting level 

Nil 
Threshold 
Maximum 

Non-Executive Directors’ fees 
Non-Executive Directors’ fees have been reviewed and no changes were made.  The current fees are as follows: 

Base fee 

Base fee 
for SID 

Chairman fee 
(including base  
fee and chairing  
the Nomination 
Committee) 

£39,000 

£44,000 

£150,000 

Additional 
fee for 
Committee 
Chairman 

£5,000 

Current fees 

58 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
58  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Other information 
Performance graph  
The graph below shows the value, by 29 April 2017, of £100 invested in Carpetright plc on 2 May 2009 compared with that of £100 
invested in the FTSE Small Cap Index and the FTSE All Share General Retailers Index, which the Directors believe to be the most suitable 
broad comparators. The other points plotted are the values at intervening financial year-ends. 

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

)

£

(

l

e
u
a
V

02-May-09

01-May-10

30-Apr-11

28-Apr-12

27-Apr-13

26-Apr-14

02-May-15

30-Apr-16

29-Apr-17

Carpetright

FTSE Small Cap Index

FTSE All Share General Retailers Index

Source: Thomson-Reuters

Statement of change in total remuneration of the Chief Executive 
Total remuneration of individuals undertaking the role of Chief Executive in each of the past eight years is as follows: 

Financial year 
ended 

Chief Executive1 

2017 
2016 
2015 
2015 
2015 
2014 
2014 
2014 
2013 
2013 
2013 
2012 
2011 
2010 

Wilf Walsh 
Wilf Walsh 
Combined remuneration 
Wilf Walsh (21 July 2014 to 30 April 2015) 
Lord Harris (1 May 2014 to 20 July 2014) 
Combined remuneration 
Lord Harris (3 October 2013 to 30 April 2014) 
Darren Shapland (1 May 2013 to 3 October 2013) 
Combined remuneration 
Darren Shapland (14 May 2012 to 30 April 2013) 
Lord Harris (1 May 2012 to 14 May 2012) 
Lord Harris 
Lord Harris 
Lord Harris 

Total remuneration 
of Chief Executive2
£’000 

Annual variable 
element award 
rates for Chief 
Executive  
(as % of max. 
opportunity) 

Long-term 
incentive 
vesting rates for 
Chief Executive 
(as % of max. 
opportunity) 

800 
819 
842 
749 
93 
490 
249 
241 
1,025 
1,007 
18 
522 
522 
721 

0% 
52% 

86% 
0% 

0% 
0% 

29% 
0% 
0% 
0% 
37% 

75% 
0% 

0% 
0% 

0% 
0% 

0% 
0% 
0% 
0% 
26% 

Notes: 
1.  Lord Harris stood down as Chief Executive in May 2012, at which point Darren Shapland was appointed Chief Executive.  Darren Shapland stood down on 3 October 
2013, at which point Lord Harris was appointed as full-time Executive Chairman.  Wilf Walsh joined as Chief Executive on 21 June 2014, at which point Lord Harris 
ceased to fulfil that role. 

2.  The amounts shown in this column have been calculated using the same methodology prescribed by the Regulations for the purposes of preparing the single total 

figure table shown on page 52. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

59
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  59 

Directors’ reportStrategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Directors’ remuneration report continued 

Statement of change in pay of individuals undertaking the role of Chief Executive compared to other employees 
The table below shows the movement in the remuneration for the role of Chief Executive between the current and previous financial year 
compared to the average (per full-time equivalent) for all employees. 

Chief Executive Officer  
Average per employee 

Bonus figures include commission payments. 

Salary
% change 

Benefits 
% change 

Bonus/payments 
as a result of 
performance
% change 

0 
2% 

0 
(3%) 

(8%)
(2%)

Relative importance of spend on pay 
The table below illustrates the change in expenditure on remuneration paid to all the employees of the Group and distributions to 
shareholders from the financial year ending 30 April 2016 to the financial year ending 29 April 2017. 

Overall expenditure on pay 
Dividend plus share buyback 

2017
£m 

90.0 
– 

2016 
£m 

90.7 
– 

Percentage 
change 

(1%)
– 

These matters were selected to be shown as they represent key distributions by the Group to its stakeholders.  Further details on overall 
expenditure on pay can be found in note 4 to the financial statements on pages 77 to 78. 

By order of the Board 

Sandra Turner 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee  
26 June 2017 

60 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
60  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
Other information 

This section contains the remaining matters 
on which the Directors are required to report 
each year, which do not appear elsewhere 
in this Directors’ Report.  Certain other 
matters required to be reported on appear 
elsewhere in the Report and Accounts as 
detailed below, and each forms part of this 
Directors’ Report: 

–  the Strategic Report, including an 

indication of likely future developments  
in the business, appears from the inside 
front cover to page 29; 

–  the Directors’ remuneration report 

appears on pages 39 to 60; 

–  the going concern statement appears  

on page 25; 

–  the viability statement appears  

on page 25; 

–  a list of the subsidiary and associated 

undertakings, including branches outside 
the UK, appears on page 86; 

–  changes in asset values are set out in the 
consolidated balance sheet on page 67 
and in the notes to the financial 
statements on pages 69 to 101; 

–  the Group’s profit before taxation and the 
profit after taxation and minority interests 
appear in the consolidated income 
statement on page 65; 

–  a detailed statement of the Group’s 

treasury management and funding is set 
out in note 23 to the financial statements 
on pages 94 to 96; 

–  matters concerning the employment etc. 
of disabled persons appear on page 28; 
–  details of employee involvement appear 

on page 28; 

–  disclosures concerning greenhouse gas 

emissions appear on page 29; 

–  a statement that this Annual Report and 
Accounts meets the requirements of 
Provision C.1.1 of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (‘the Code’) is set  
out on page 32; and 

−  in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.4, 
details of dividend waivers appear on 
page 62. 

Directors’ interests 
Directors’ share interests are disclosed in 
the Directors’ report on remuneration on 
page 57.  Except as disclosed in this report, 
no Director had a material interest in any 
contract or arrangement with the Company 
during the year, other than through their 
respective service contracts.  Some 
Directors made purchases of the 
Company’s products in the period,  
on normal commercial terms available  
to all employees. 

Directors’ indemnity 
arrangements 
The Company has provided qualifying third-
party indemnities for the benefit of each 
Director who held office during the financial 
year ended 2017.  The Company has also 
purchased and maintained Directors’ and 
Officers’ liability insurance throughout the 
financial year ended 2017. 

Significant agreements – 
change of control 
There are a number of agreements that take 
effect, alter or terminate upon a change of 
control of the Company following a takeover 
bid, such as bank loan agreements and 
employee share plans.  None of these are 
deemed to be significant in terms of their 
potential impact on the business of the 
Group as a whole, except for: 

–  a term loan and revolving facilities 

agreement dated 19 March 2008, as 
amended and restated most recently  
on 29 April 2015.  There is a revolving 
credit facility of £45m, which provides 
that on a change of control all lenders’ 
commitments are cancelled and all 
outstanding loans, together with accrued 
interest, will become immediately due 
and payable and an uncommitted 
overdraft of £7.5m.  Details of balances  
at the financial year end can be found  
in note 23 to the consolidated financial 
statements; and 

−  under the Company’s all-employee and 

discretionary share schemes, a change of 
control of the Company would normally 
be a vesting event, facilitating the exercise 
or transfer of awards, subject to any 
relevant performance conditions  
being satisfied. 

The Company does not have agreements 
with any Director or officer that would 
provide compensation for loss of office  
or employment resulting from a takeover, 
except that provisions in the Company’s 
share plans may cause options and  
awards granted under such plans to  
vest on a takeover. 

There is no information that the Company 
would be required to disclose about 
persons with whom it has contractual or 
other arrangements which are essential  
to the business of the Company. 

Share capital 
Details of the Company’s issued share 
capital can be found in note 24 to the 
financial statements.  All of the Company’s 
issued ordinary shares are fully paid up  
and rank equally in all respects. 

The rights and obligations attaching to  
the Company’s ordinary shares, in addition 
to those conferred on their holders by law, 
are contained in the Company’s Articles  
of Association, copies of which can be 
obtained from Companies House in the  
UK or by writing to the Company Secretary.  
The holders of ordinary shares are entitled 
to receive the Company’s report and 
accounts, to attend and speak at general 
meetings of the Company, to appoint 
proxies and to exercise voting rights. 

There are no restrictions on the transfer of 
ordinary shares or on the exercise of voting 
rights attached to them, except (i) where the 
Company has exercised its right to suspend 
their voting rights or to prohibit their transfer 
following the omission of their holder or any 
person interested in them to provide the 
Company with information requested  
by it in accordance with Part 22 of the 
Companies Act 2006 or (ii) where their 
holder is precluded from exercising voting 
rights by the FCA’s Listing Rules or the City 
Code on Takeovers and Mergers. 

www.carpetright.plc.ukl  |  61 
61

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

Directors’ reportStrategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statements 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Other information continued 

The Company is not aware of any 
agreements between shareholders that 
might result in the restriction of transfer or 
voting rights in relation to the shares held by 
such shareholders. 

Shares acquired through Carpetright’s 
employee share schemes rank equally  
with all other ordinary shares in issue and 
have no special rights.  The Trustee of the 
Company’s Employee Benefit Trust (‘EBT’) 
has waived its rights to dividends on shares 
held by the EBT and does not exercise its 
right to vote in respect of such shares.  
Shares held in trust on behalf of participants 
in the All Employee Share Ownership Plan 
are voted by the Trustee as directed by  
the participants.  Details of share-based 
payments, including information regarding 
the shares held by the EBT, can be found in 
notes 24 and 25 to the financial statements  
on pages 96 to 98. 

Substantial shareholdings  
As at 26 June 2017, the Company has 
been notified of the following substantial 
shareholdings in accordance with the 
Disclosure and Transparency Rules, other 
than those of the Directors, in the issued 
share capital of the Company: 

Shares  
held as a 
percentage  
of the issued 
share capital 

19% 

13% 
9% 
6% 
5% 
5% 
5% 

Franklin Templeton 
Institutional, LLC 
The Olayan Group 
FIL Limited 
Meditor 
Aberforth 
Wellcome Trust 
Majedie 

Donations 
No political donations were made during the 
year (2016: £nil). 

Shareholders’ views 
There is a formal investor relations 
programme based around the results 
presentations and interim management 
statements.  All of the Non-Executive 
Directors are available to attend meetings 
should shareholders so request.  The 
Chairman and Executive Directors feed 
back any investor comments to the Board.  
All Directors normally attend the Annual 
General Meeting and are available to 
answer any questions that shareholders 
may raise. 

All shareholders will have at least 20 
working days’ notice of the Annual General 
Meeting.  As required by the Code, the 
Board will, at the 2017 Annual General 
Meeting, announce the proxy votes in 
favour of and against each resolution 
following a vote by a show of hands,  
and the votes cast will be posted on  
the corporate website. 

Authority to purchase  
own shares 
At the 2016 Annual General Meeting, 
shareholders gave the Company renewed 
authority to purchase a maximum of 
6,792,447 shares of one penny each.   
This resolution remains valid until the date of 
this year’s Annual General Meeting.  As at 
29 April 2017, the Directors had not used 
this authority.  The Company’s present 
intention is to cancel any shares acquired 
under such authority, unless purchased to 
satisfy outstanding awards under employee 
share incentive plans.  A resolution seeking 
renewal of the authority will be proposed at 
this year’s Annual General Meeting. 

Statement of directors’ 
responsibilities 
The Directors are responsible for preparing 
the Annual Report, the Directors’ 
remuneration report and the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable 
laws and regulations. 

UK company law requires the Directors  
to prepare financial statements for each 
financial year.  Under that law, the Directors 
have prepared the Group and Parent 
Company financial statements in 
accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted  
by the European Union.  The financial 
statements are required by law to give a 
true and fair view of the state of affairs of  
the Company and the Group and of the 
profit or loss of the Company and Group  
for that period. 

In preparing those financial statements,  
the Directors are required to: 

–  select suitable accounting policies and 

then apply them consistently; 

–  make judgments and estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent; 

–  state that the financial statements  

comply with IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union; and 

−  prepare the financial statements on  
the going concern basis, unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the Group 
will continue in business, in which case 
there should be supporting assumptions 
or qualifications as necessary. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping 
proper accounting records that disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Company and the 
Group and to enable them to ensure that 
the financial statements and the Directors’ 
remuneration report comply with the 
Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 
Group financial statements, Article 4 of the 
IAS Regulation.  They are also responsible 
for safeguarding the assets of the Company 
and the Group and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities. 

The Directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the corporate 
and financial information on the Company’s 
websites.  Legislation in the United 
Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

62 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
62  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
Disclosure of information  
to auditors 
Each of the Directors of the Company has 
confirmed that, as far as they are aware, 
there is no relevant audit information of 
which the auditors are unaware and that 
each Director has taken all steps to make 
themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the 
Company’s auditors are aware of  
that information. 

Annual General Meeting 
The 2017 Annual General Meeting of the 
Company will be held on 7 September 
2017 at Carpetright plc, Purfleet Bypass, 
Purfleet, Essex RM19 1TT at 12:00 p.m.   
A full description of the business to be 
conducted at the meeting is set out in the 
separate Notice of Annual General Meeting. 

The Directors’ Report was approved and 
signed by order of the Board  

Jeremy Sampson 
Company Secretary and Legal Director  
26 June 2017 

Each of the Directors whose names and 
details are set out on pages 30 and 31 of 
this report confirms that to the best of 
their knowledge: 

–  the financial statements, which have been 
prepared in accordance with IFRSs as 
adopted by the EU, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit or loss of the Company 
and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole; and 
−  the Strategic Report and the Directors’ 

Report include a fair review of the 
development and performance of  
the business and the position of the 
Company and the undertakings included 
in the consolidation taken as a whole, 
together with a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties that they face. 

Statement of the directors in 
respect of the annual report 
and financial statements 
As required by the Code, the Directors 
confirm that they consider that the Annual 
Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders  
to assess the Company’s performance, 
business model and strategy.  When 
arriving at this position the Board was 
assisted by a number of processes, 
including the following: 

–  the Annual Report is drafted by 

appropriate senior management  
with overall co-ordination by the Chief 
Financial Officer to ensure consistency 
across sections; 

–  an extensive verification exercise is 

undertaken to ensure factual accuracy; 

–  comprehensive reviews of drafts  

of the Report are undertaken by the 
Executive Directors and other senior 
management; and 

−  a draft is considered by the Audit 

Committee prior to consideration by  
the Board. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

63
www.carpetright.plc.ukl  |  63 

Directors’ reportStrategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statements 
 
 
Financial statements

Contents
Consolidated income statement 
Consolidated statement of  
comprehensive income
Statements of change in equity 
Balance sheets
Statements of cash flow 
Notes to the financial statements
Group five-year financial summary
Independent auditors’ report
Shareholder information

65

65
66
67
68
69
102
103
109

64 |  Annual report and accounts 2017

Financial statements 

Consolidated income statement 

for 52 weeks ended 29 April 2017 

Revenue 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Administration expenses 
Other operating income/(loss) 
Operating profit/(loss)  
Finance costs 
Profit/(loss) before tax 
Tax 
Profit/(loss) for the financial period attributable 
to equity shareholders of the Company 

Basic earnings per share (pence) 
Diluted earnings per share (pence) 

Group 52 weeks to 29 April 2017 

Underlying 
performance
£m 
457.6
(188.2)
269.4
(255.4)
2.4
16.4
(2.0)
14.4
(3.3)

Separately 
reported 
items
£m 
–
–
–
(9.3)
(4.2)
(13.5)
–
(13.5)
3.1

11.1

(10.4)

16.4

Notes 
2

2

2,3
6

7

9
9

Total
£m 
457.6
(188.2)
269.4
(264.7)
(1.8)
2.9
(2.0)
0.9
(0.2)

0.7

1.0
1.1

Group 52 weeks to 30 April 2016 
Reclassified* 
Separately 
reported 
items
£m 
–
–
–
(1.9)
(3.6)
(5.5)
–
(5.5)
1.5

Underlying 
performance 
£m 
456.8 
(182.6) 
274.2 
(255.8) 
1.9 
20.3 
(2.0) 
18.3 
(4.2) 

Total
£m 
456.8
(182.6)
274.2
(257.7)
(1.7)
14.8
(2.0)
12.8
(2.7)

14.1 

(4.0)

10.1

20.8 

14.9
14.9

*  Certain prior year amounts, previously reported in underlying performance, have been reclassified for consistency with the current period presentation as separately 

reported items.  This has no impact on the Group statutory reported profit before tax and earnings per share (see note 5). 

Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income 

for 52 weeks ended 29 April 2017 

Profit for the financial period 

Items that may not be reclassified to the income statement: 

Re-measurement of defined benefit plans 
Tax on items that may not be reclassified to the income statement 
Total items that may not be reclassified to the income statement 
Items that may be reclassified to the income statement: 

Exchange gains 

Total items that may be reclassified to the income statement 

Other comprehensive income for the period 
Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to equity shareholders  
of the Company 

Notes 

22 
7 

Group 
52 weeks to 
29 April 
2017 
£m 
0.7 

Group 
52 weeks to 
30 April 
2016
£m 
10.1

(1.8)
0.1 
(1.7)

4.3 
4.3 

2.6 

3.3 

1.1
(0.4)
0.7

3.2
3.2

3.9

14.0

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

65
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  65 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Statements of changes in equity 
for 52 weeks ended 29 April 2017 

Group 
At 2 May 2015 
Profit for the period 
Other comprehensive income for the financial period 
Total comprehensive income for the financial period 
Issue of new shares 
Purchase of own shares by employee benefit trust 
Share based payments and related tax 
At 30 April 2016 
Profit for the period 
Other comprehensive income for the financial period 
Total comprehensive income for the financial period 
Purchase of own shares by employee benefit trust 
Share based payments and related tax 
At 29 April 2017 

Company 
At 2 May 2015 
Profit for the period 
Other comprehensive income for the financial period 
Total comprehensive income for the financial period 
Issue of new shares 
Purchase of own shares by employee benefit trust 
Share based payments and related tax 
At 30 April 2016 
Profit for the period 
Other comprehensive income for the financial period 
Total comprehensive income for the financial period 
Purchase of own shares by employee benefit trust 
Share based payments and related tax 
At 29 April 2017 

Share 
capital
£m 
0.7
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.7
–
–
–
–
–
0.7

Share 
capital
£m 
0.7
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.7
–
–
–
–
–
0.7

Share 
premium
£m 
17.4
–
–
–
0.4
–
–
17.8
–
–
–
–
–
17.8

Share 
premium
£m 
17.4
–
–
–
0.4
–
–
17.8
–
–
–
–
–
17.8

Treasury 
shares
£m 
(0.4)
–
–
–
–
(0.9)
–
(1.3)
–
–
–
(0.3)
–
(1.6)

Treasury 
shares
£m 
(0.4)
–
–
–
–
(0.9)
–
(1.3)
–
–
–
(0.3)
–
(1.6)

Capital 
redemption 
reserve  
 £m 
0.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
0.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
0.1 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve  
 £m 
0.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
0.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
0.1 

Translation 
reserve  
£m 
0.1 
– 
3.2 
3.2 
– 
– 
– 
3.3 
– 
4.3 
4.3 
– 
– 
7.6 

Retained 
earnings
 £m 
41.6
10.1
0.7
10.8
–
–
1.0
53.4
0.7
(1.7)
(1.0)
–
1.0
53.4

Translation 
reserve  
£m 
(0.4) 
– 
0.1 
0.1 
– 
– 
– 
(0.3) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(0.3) 

Retained 
earnings
 £m 
29.3
7.2
0.7
7.9
–
–
1.0
38.2
(6.3)
(1.7)
(8.0)
–
1.0
31.2

Total 
£m 
59.5
10.1
3.9
14.0
0.4
(0.9)
1.0
74.0
0.7
2.6
3.3
(0.3)
1.0
78.0

Total 
£m 
46.7
7.2
0.8
8.0
0.4
(0.9)
1.0
55.2
(6.3)
(1.7)
(8.0)
(0.3)
1.0
47.9

66 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
66  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
Balance sheets 

as at 29 April 2017 

Assets 
Non-current assets 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Investment property 
Investment in subsidiary undertakings 
Deferred tax assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Total non-current assets 

Current assets  
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Total current assets 

Total assets  

Liabilities 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Obligations under finance leases 
Borrowings and overdrafts 
Current tax liabilities 
Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Obligations under finance leases 
Provisions for liabilities and charges 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Retirement benefit obligations 
Total non-current liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Net assets 

Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium  
Treasury shares 
Other reserves 
Total equity attributable to equity shareholders of the Company 

Group 
2017 
£m 

Group  
2016  
£m 

Company 
2017 
£m 

Company 
2016 
£m 

Notes 

10
11
12
13
21
15

14
15
16

57.3
102.0
15.3
–
1.9
0.4
176.9

41.1
25.8
12.5
79.4

57.1 
95.0 
14.5 
– 
1.9 
0.5 
169.0 

41.6 
20.0 
8.3 
69.9 

27.8
67.6
2.3
15.7
–
42.1
155.5

35.4
17.0
9.3
61.7

29.2
63.4
4.9
15.7
–
43.4
156.6

35.7
14.2
5.5
55.4

2

256.3

238.9 

217.2

212.0

17
18
19

17
18
20
21
22

2

24
24
24

(83.9)
(0.1)
(20.1)
(1.7)
(105.8)

(34.5)
(2.1)
(17.5)
(15.2)
(3.2)
(72.5)
(178.3)
78.0

0.7
17.8
(1.6)
61.1
78.0

(88.8) 
(0.1) 
(7.1) 
(2.3) 
(98.3) 

(34.3) 
(2.2) 
(12.6) 
(15.3) 
(2.2) 
(66.6) 
(164.9) 
74.0 

0.7 
17.8 
(1.3) 
56.8 
74.0 

(72.5)
(0.1)
(20.1)
(1.7)
(94.4)

(44.2)
(1.0)
(17.5)
(9.0)
(3.2)
(74.9)
(169.3)
47.9

0.7
17.8
(1.6)
31.0
47.9

(77.6)
(0.1)
(7.1)
(2.4)
(87.2)

(43.4)
(1.1)
(12.3)
(10.6)
(2.2)
(69.6)
(156.8)
55.2

0.7
17.8
(1.3)
38.0
55.2

These financial statements from pages 65 to 101 were approved by the Board of Directors on 26 June 2017 and were signed on its  
behalf by: 

Wilf Walsh 
Directors 

Neil Page 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

67
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  67 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Statements of cash flow 

for 52 weeks ended 29 April 2017 

Cash flows from operating activities 
Profit /(loss)before tax 
Adjusted for: 
Depreciation and amortisation 
Loss on property disposals 
Separately reported non-cash items 
Share based payments 
Net finance costs 
Operating cash flows before movements in working capital 
Decrease/(Increase) in inventories 
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables 
(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables 
Net expenditure on exit of operating leases 
Contributions to pension schemes 
Provisions paid  
Cash generated by operations 
Interest paid 
Corporation taxes paid 
Net cash generated from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 
Purchases of intangible assets 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment and investment property 
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant, equipment & investment property 
Interest received 
Net cash generated used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 
Issue of new shares 
Purchase of treasury shares by employee benefit trust 
Repayment of finance lease obligations 
Movement in borrowings  
Net cash used in financing activities 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents in the period 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period 
Exchange differences 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period 

Group
52 weeks to 
29 April 
2017
£m 

Group 
52 weeks to  
30 April 2016 
£m 

Company
52 weeks to 
29 April 
2017 
£m 

Company
52 weeks to 
30 April 2016 
£m 

Notes 

0.9

12.8 

(7.9)

9.0

2,3

6

29

29

29
16, 29

12.2
3.3
9.2
1.0
2.0
28.6
1.0
(5.4)
(8.2)
(2.2)
(0.9)
(5.2)
7.7
(1.3)
(0.9)
5.5

(0.6)
(16.8)
3.4
–
(14.0)

–
(0.3)
(0.3)
13.0
12.4

3.9
1.2
0.3
5.4

12.5 
3.6 
0.9 
1.0 
2.0 
32.8 
(7.0) 
6.2 
(10.5) 
(2.2) 
(0.9) 
(5.1) 
13.3 
(2.0) 
(3.0) 
8.3 

(1.8) 
(10.1) 
2.2 
– 
(9.7) 

0.4 
(0.9) 
(0.2) 
– 
(0.7) 

(2.1) 
2.9 
0.4 
1.2 

10.0
3.1
11.4
1.0
1.8
19.4
0.4
(1.0)
(6.0)
(2.1)
(0.9)
(5.0)
4.8
(1.4)
(0.9)
2.5

(0.6)
(13.6)
2.8
0.3
(11.1)

–
(0.3)
(0.2)
13.0
12.5

3.9
(1.6)
(0.1)
2.2

10.3
3.5
1.1
1.0
1.7
26.6
(7.2)
10.0
(10.2)
(2.2)
(0.9)
(4.9)
11.2
(2.1)
(3.1)
6.0

(1.8)
(8.0)
1.4
0.2
(8.2)

0.4
(0.9)
(0.1)
–
(0.6)

(2.8)
0.8
0.4
(1.6)

For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents are reported net of overdrafts repayable on demand.  Overdrafts 
are excluded from the definition of cash and cash equivalents disclosed in the balance sheet and are included in borrowings and overdrafts 
under current liabilities.

68 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
68  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements 

1.  Principal accounting policies 
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below.  These policies 
have been consistently applied to all the periods presented unless otherwise stated. 

General information 
Carpetright plc (‘the Company’) and its subsidiaries (together, ‘the Group’) are retailers of floorcoverings and beds.  The Company is  
listed on the London Stock Exchange and incorporated in England and Wales and domiciled in the United Kingdom.  The address  
of its registered office is Carpetright plc, Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, RM19 1TT. 

The nature of the Group’s operations and its principal activities are set out on pages 4 to 5 of the Annual Report. 

Basis of preparation 
The consolidated financial statements of the Group and the Company are drawn up to within seven days of the accounting record date, 
being 30 April of each year.  The financial period for 2017 represents the 52 weeks ended 29 April 2017.  The comparative financial period 
for 2016 was 52 weeks ended 30 April 2016. 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) and 
International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) interpretations as adopted by the European Union, together with 
those parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for pension assets and liabilities and  
share based payments which are measured at fair value.   

The Company has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its income statement  
and statement of comprehensive income.  The loss for the Company for the period was £6.3m (2016: profit of £7.2m). 

Going concern 
The Group meets its day to day working capital requirements through its bank facilities.  The principal banking facility, which includes a 
revolving credit facility for £45 million, is committed to the end of July 2019.  The Directors have considered the future cash requirements 
of the Group and are satisfied that the facilities are sufficient to meet its liquidity needs.  The facilities are subject to a number of financial 
covenants, which remain unchanged, being a leverage covenant, a fixed charge cover covenant, a clear down covenant and a capital 
expenditure covenant.  The fixed charge cover covenant is the most sensitive to changes in the Group’s profitability.  The Group was 
compliant with all covenants as at the year end. 

The Directors have considered the expected performance of the business over at least the next twelve months and modelled this 
performance against the covenants that have been set.  In addition, the Directors have considered the trading performance necessary  
to result in a breach of the banking covenants as well as mitigating factors that would be available and actionable in the event that the 
adverse performance became reality. 

The Directors have also considered the net current liability position of the Group and given the supplier payment terms and the expected 
cash generation, the Directors confirm that the Group is forecast to be able to meet its liabilities as they fall due.  

The Directors confirm that, after considering the matters set out above, they have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the 
Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for a minimum of twelve months following the signing of these 
accounts.  For this reason they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. 

Further information on the Group’s borrowings is given in note 19. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

69
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  69 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

1.  Principal accounting policies continued 

Alternative Performance Measures 
The Company uses a number of Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) in addition to those reported in accordance with IFRS.  The 
Directors believe that these APMs, listed below, are important when assessing the underlying financial and operating performance of the 
Group and its segments.  The following APMs do not have standardised meaning prescribed by IFRS and therefore may not be directly 
comparable to similar measures presented by other companies. 

Underlying performance 
Underlying performance, reported separately on the face of the Consolidated Income Statement, is from continuing operations and before 
separately reported items on the face of the income statement. 

Sales 
Sales represents amounts payable by customers for goods and services before deducting VAT and other charges. 

Like-for-like sales (calculated in local currency) 
Calculated as this year’s sales compared to last year’s sales for all stores that are at least 12 months old at the beginning of our financial 
year.  Stores closed during the year are excluded from both years.  No account is taken of changes to store size or introduction of third 
party concessions. 

Gross profit ratio  
Calculated as Gross profit as a percentage of revenue.  It is one of the Group’s key performance indicators and is used to assess the 
underlying performance of the Group’s segments. 

Separately reported items 
Defined below. 

Underlying operating profit 
Underlying operating profit is defined as operating profit before separately reported items.  It is one of the Group’s key performance 
indicators and is used to assess the trading performance of Group businesses.  

Underlying profit before tax 
Underlying profit before tax is calculated as the net total of underlying operating profit less total net finance costs associated with underlying 
performance.  It is one of the Group’s key performance indicators and is used to assess the financial performance of the Group as a whole.  
It is also used as one of the targets against which the annual bonuses of certain employees are measured. 

Underlying earnings per share 
Underlying earnings per share is calculated by dividing underlying profit before tax less associated income tax costs by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.  It is one of the Group’s key performance indicators and is used to assess 
the underlying earnings performance of the Group as a whole.  

Net debt 
Net debt comprises the net total of current and non-current interest-bearing borrowings and cash and short-term deposits.  Net debt is 
a measure of the Group’s net indebtedness to banks and other external financial institutions. 

Operating cash flow 
This measure is determined by taking underlying operating profit and adding back non-cash items and any movements in working capital.  

Disclosure of ‘separately reported items’ 
IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ provides no definitive guidance as to the format of the income statement but states key lines 
which should be disclosed.  It also encourages the disclosure of additional line items and the reordering of items presented on the face of 
the income statement when appropriate for a proper understanding of the entity’s financial performance.  In accordance with IAS 1, the 
Company has adopted a columnar presentation for its Consolidated income statement, to separately identify underlying performance 
results, as the Directors consider that this gives a better view of the underlying results of the ongoing business.  As part of this presentation 
format, the Company has adopted a policy of disclosing separately on the face of its Consolidated income statement, within the column 
entitled ‘Separately reported items’, the effect of any components of financial performance for which the Directors consider separate 
disclosure would assist both in a better understanding of the financial performance achieved.  In its adoption of this policy, the Company 
applies an balanced approach to both gains and losses and aims to be both consistent and clear in its accounting and disclosure of 
such items. 

Both size and the nature and function of the components of income and expense are considered in deciding upon such presentation. 
Such items may include, inter alia, the financial effect of separately reported items which occur infrequently, such as major reorganisation 
costs, onerous leases and impairments and the taxation impact of the aforementioned separately reported items. 

70 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
70  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
1.  Principal accounting policies continued  

New and amended accounting standards adopted by the Group 
None of the new standards and amendments to standards that are mandatory for the first time for the financial period commencing 
1 May 2016 had a material effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Group in the current period or any prior period, and 
are not likely to affect future periods. 

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted 
A number of new standards and interpretations and amendments to existing standards were issued but not yet effective nor adopted by 
the EU, and have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements: 

−  IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ is a new standard which enhances the ability of investors and other users of financial information to understand 
the accounting for financial assets and reduces complexity.  The standard uses a single approach to determine whether a financial asset is 
measured at amortised cost or fair value, replacing the various rules in IAS 39, and also introduces a new expected loss impairment model.  
This standard is effective for accounting periods commencing on or after 1 January 2018. 

−  IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ is a new standard based on a five-step model framework, which replaces all existing 
revenue recognition standards.  The standard requires revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an 
amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.  This standard 
is effective for accounting periods commencing on or after 1 January 2018. 

−  IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ is a new standard which sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for 
both parties to a contract.  The standard eliminates the classification of leases as either operating leases or finance leases as required by IAS 
17 and, instead, introduces a single lessee accounting model.  A lessee will be required to recognise assets and liabilities for all leases with a 
term of more than 12 months and depreciate lease assets separately from interest on lease liabilities in the income statement.  This standard 
is effective for accounting periods commencing on or after 1 January 2019. 

The Directors anticipate that the adoption of IFRS 9 and IFRS 15 are not expected to have a material impact, whereas IFRS 16 will 
materially impact on the financial statements of the Group.  Management is currently undertaking an exercise to quantify the impact. 

Basis of consolidation 
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled by the Company  
(its subsidiaries).  Control is achieved where the Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of a subsidiary  
so as to obtain benefits from its activities.  

The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the period are included in the consolidated income statement from the  
effective date of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate.  Where necessary, adjustments are made to the  
financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line with those used by the Group.  All intra-group 
transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation. 

Exchange differences 
The consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds Sterling, which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency.  
Transactions in foreign currencies, which are those other than the functional currency of an entity, are recorded at the opening rate for 
the month in which the transaction occurs which is used as a reasonable approximation to the rate at the transaction date.  Monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency are translated at the rates ruling at the balance sheet date.  Resulting exchange  
gains or losses are recognised in the income statement for the period, except where they are part of a net foreign investment hedge,  
when they are recognised in equity. 

On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations are translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance 
sheet date.  Income and expenses of foreign operations are translated at the average rate during the period.  Differences on translation  
are recognised as a separate component in other comprehensive income.  On disposal of a foreign operation, the cumulative exchange 
differences for that operation are recognised in the income statement as part of the profit or loss on disposal. 

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of that operation  
and are translated at the rate ruling at the balance sheet date and are recognised in other comprehensive income. 

Segment reporting 
Segmental information is presented using a ‘management approach’ on the same basis as that used for internal reporting to the 
Chief Operating Decision Maker.  The Chief Operating Decision Maker, who is responsible for resource allocation and assessing 
performance of the operating segments, has been identified as the Board of Directors. 

Revenue 
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the provision of goods and services to customers 
outside the Group, net of returns, sales allowances, charges for the provision of interest free credit and value added and other sales  
based taxes.  Revenue from goods and services is recognised at the point the Group fulfils its commercial obligations to the customer,  
the revenue and costs in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably and collectability is reasonably assured. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

71
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  71 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

1.  Principal accounting policies continued  

Share based payments 
The Group issues equity-settled share based payments to certain employees, the terms of these payments do not contain any market 
conditions.  The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of options is recognised as an expense.  The value 
of the charge is adjusted to reflect expected and actual levels of options vesting.  The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period 
is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted, excluding the impact of any service and performance conditions that are 
included in the assumptions about the number of options which are expected to become exercisable.  At each balance sheet date, the 
Group revises its estimates of the number of options which are expected to become exercisable.  It recognises the impact of the revision 
of original estimates, if any, in the income statement and a corresponding adjustment to equity over the vesting period. 

Treasury shares 
Own equity instruments that are reacquired (Treasury shares) are recognised at cost and deducted from equity.  No gain or loss is 
recognised in profit or loss on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the Group’s own equity instruments.  Any difference between  
the carrying amount and the consideration, if reissued, is recognised in the share premium reserve. 

Other operating income 
Rental income earned on investment property is recognised in other operating income, in accordance with the substance of the relevant 
rental agreements. 

Tax 
Current tax liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be paid, based on tax rates and laws that are enacted or substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date in the countries where the Company’s subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. 

Deferred tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences at the balance sheet date between the tax bases of assets and  
liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method.  Deferred  
tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences, and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it  
is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. 

Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than  
in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.  
Deferred tax is calculated at the rates of tax that are expected to apply when the asset or liability is settled, based on tax rates that  
have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date, and is not discounted. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the current tax assets against the current  
tax liabilities and it is the intention to settle these on a net basis. 

Tax is charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income if it relates to items that are credited or charged to equity; otherwise,  
it is recognised in the income statement. 

Dividends 
Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the financial statements in the period in which the 
dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders or, in the case of interim dividends, paid. 

Goodwill 
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the 
acquired entity.  For the purposes of impairment, goodwill is allocated to each cash-generating unit (or groups of cash-generating units)  
that is expected to benefit from the business combination.  Goodwill is not amortised, but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or 
when there is an indication of impairment.  Any impairment is recognised immediately in the income statement and is not subsequently 
reversed.  On disposal of a subsidiary the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal. 

Impairment 
Assets that have an indefinite useful life, for example goodwill, are not subject to amortisation and are tested at least annually for impairment 
or when there is an indication of impairment.  Assets that are subject to amortisation and depreciation are reviewed for indications of 
impairment at each balance sheet date.  If there is an indication of impairment, the recoverable amount of either the asset or the cash-
generating unit to which it belongs is estimated.  Cash-generating units are used where an individual asset does not generate cash flows 
which are independent of other assets.  The recoverable amount of a non-financial asset is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and 
its value in use.  Value in use is the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset or cash-generating unit. 

An impairment loss is recognised in the income statement whenever the carrying amount of an asset or cash-generating unit exceeds its 
recoverable amount.  Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffer impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of impairment at 
each reporting date. 

72 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
72  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
1.  Principal accounting policies continued  

Other intangible assets 
Purchased brand names and other intangible assets are capitalised at cost.  Acquired software licences and software development  
costs are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring into use the specific software. 

Amortisation of intangible assets is calculated to write off the cost of the asset, on a straight line basis, over its expected useful life.   
The expected useful lives generally applicable are: 

Brands  
Computer software   

20 years 
5 to 10 years 

Property, plant and equipment 
Property, plant and equipment is shown at cost less accumulated depreciation and any provisions for impairment in value. 

Depreciation is provided to write down the cost of property, plant and equipment, on a straight line basis, to their estimated residual  
values over their estimated useful lives.  Freehold land is not depreciated.  The estimated useful lives and residual values of assets  
are reviewed annually. 

The estimated useful lives by asset category that are generally applicable are: 

Freehold and long leasehold buildings 
Short leasehold buildings 
Fixtures and fittings 
Computers 
Other plant and machinery 

50 years 
The shorter of the period of the lease and the estimated useful life 
3 to 15 years, except for fixed racking which is depreciated over 25 years 
5 to 7 years 
7 to 10 years 

Borrowing costs 
Gross interest costs incurred on the financing of major projects are capitalised until the time that they are available for use.  Unless a specific 
borrowing is taken out to finance the asset, interest is capitalised using the weighted average interest rate of all non-specific borrowings.  
Where a specific borrowing is taken out to finance the asset, interest is capitalised at the rate applicable to that borrowing. 

Investment property 
Property that is held to earn rental income and for capital appreciation is separately disclosed as investment property.  Investment property 
is carried at depreciated historical cost.  Depreciation rates and useful lives of investment property are the same as those for property, plant 
and equipment. 

Leasing commitments 
Leases are classified as finance leases where the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the 
Group.  All other leases are classified as operating leases. 

Assets used by the Group which have been funded through finance leases are capitalised in property, plant and equipment and the 
resulting lease obligations are included in payables.  The assets are depreciated over the shorter of their useful lives and the period  
of the lease.  The interest element of the rental obligations is charged to the income statement over the period of the lease and 
represents a constant proportion of the balance of capital repayments outstanding. 

Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to income on a straight line basis over the period of the lease.  Premiums payable, rent 
free periods and contributions receivable on entering an operating lease are charged or credited to income on a straight line basis over the 
lease term. 

Investment in subsidiaries 
The Company’s investment in subsidiary undertakings is recognised at cost and is accounted for net of impairment losses.  Income from 
investments is recognised in the income statement to the extent that post acquisition profits are received.  Distributions of pre-acquisition 
profits reduce the cost of the investment. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

73
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  73 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

1.  Principal accounting policies continued  

Inventories 
Inventories are valued at the lower of weighted average cost and net realisable value.  Net realisable value is based on estimated selling 
prices less further costs to be incurred to disposal.  Provisions are made for obsolescence, mark down and shrinkage based on actual 
losses, ageing of inventories and sales trends. 

Rebates receivable from suppliers 
Rebates earned by the Group take the form of volume based rebates, for attaining specific purchase targets, with individual suppliers.  
These agreements normally cover the financial period.  Agreements that cover more than one financial period are recognised in the  
period in which the rebate is earned and are credited to the carrying value of inventory to which they relate. 

The Group also receives discounts/rebates from certain suppliers for one off, targeted marketing and promotional events.  These rebates 
are recognised in the period in which the promotional activity is held. 

Trade receivables and payables 
Trade receivables and payables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently adjusted to the amount receivable or payable.   
Receivables are stated net of a provision for impairment. 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, cash at bank, deposits repayable on demand and highly liquid investments.  For 
the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents also includes bank overdrafts, which are shown within borrowings  
and overdrafts in current liabilities on the balance sheet. 

Bank loans and overdrafts 
Bank loans and overdrafts are initially recognised at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs and are subsequently measured 
at amortised cost using the effective interest rate model. 

Provisions 
A provision is recognised where the Group has a legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event and it is probable that an  
outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.  Provisions are calculated on a discounted basis when appropriate.  

A provision for vacant properties and onerous leases is recognised when the expected benefits to be derived by the Group from a contract 
are lower than the unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations under the contract.  The provision is measured at the present value of the 
lower of the expected cost of terminating the contract and the expected net cost of continuing with the contract.  Before a provision is 
established, the Group recognises any impairment losses on the assets associated with that contract.  

Retirement benefit obligation 
The Group operates defined benefit and defined contribution schemes and also participates in a multi-employer pension scheme in 
respect of its employees in the Netherlands.  The assets and liabilities of all schemes are held separately from those of the Group.  
The Group is unable to identify its share of the assets and liabilities of the multi-employer scheme and, therefore, accounts for this 
scheme as a defined contribution scheme. 

The cost of providing benefits under the defined benefit schemes is determined using the projected unit credit method, with actuarial 
valuations being carried out at each balance sheet date.  The net retirement benefit obligation recognised in the balance sheet represents 
the present value of the defined benefit obligation less the fair value of the scheme assets at the balance sheet date. 

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full, directly in equity in the period in which they occur and are presented in other 
comprehensive income.  Other income and expenses associated with the defined benefit scheme are recognised in the income 
statement.  The pension cost of defined contribution schemes is charged in the income statement as incurred. 

74 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
74  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
1.  Principal accounting policies continued  

Critical estimates and judgments 
The preparation of consolidated financial statements under IFRS requires the Group to make estimates and assumptions that affect the 
application of policies and reported amounts.  Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience 
and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.  Actual results may 
differ from these estimates.  The estimates and assumptions which have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying 
amount of assets and liabilities within the next financial period are discussed below: 

Impairment of goodwill 
The Group is required to test whether goodwill has suffered any impairment.  The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have  
been determined based on value in use calculations.  The use of this method requires the estimation of future cash flows expected to  
arise from the continuing operation of the cash-generating unit and the choice of a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present 
value.  Actual outcomes could vary significantly from these estimates. 

Impairment of assets 
Property, plant and equipment is reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may  
not be recoverable.  When a review for impairment is conducted, the recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is determined 
based on the higher of fair value, less costs to sell, and value in use calculations prepared on the basis of management’s assumptions 
and estimates.  The use of this method requires the estimation of future cash flows expected to arise from the continuing operation of the  
cash-generating unit and the choice of a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value.  Actual outcomes could vary 
significantly from these estimates. 

Onerous leases 
The Group carries an onerous lease provision which recognises the liabilities associated with lease contracts of closed stores and  
those that are projected to close.  The provision is based on a review of the lease contracts and management’s estimate of the timings  
to exit the lease.  The Group has also reviewed any trading loss-making stores and provided for those leases considered to be onerous.  
These estimates are based upon available information and knowledge of the property market.  The ultimate costs to be incurred in this 
regard may vary from the estimates. 

Retirement benefits 
The present value of the defined benefit liabilities recognised in the balance sheet is dependent on the interest rates of high quality  
corporate bonds.  The net financing charge is dependent on both the interest rates of high quality corporate bonds and the assumed 
investment returns on scheme assets.  Other key assumptions for pension obligations, including mortality rates, are based in part on 
current market conditions. 

Income tax 
Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which  
the temporary differences can be utilised.  The Group is subject to income taxes in a number of jurisdictions.  Judgment is required in 
determining the provision for income taxes.  The Group recognises liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether 
additional taxes will be due.  Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such 
differences will impact the current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities in the period in which such determination is made. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

75
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  75 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

2.  Segmental analysis 
The Group’s operating segments are determined on the basis of information provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker – the Board of 
Directors – to review performance and make decisions.  The reporting segments are: 

−  UK; and 
−  Rest of Europe (comprising Belgium, the Netherlands and Republic of Ireland). 

The reportable operating segments derive their revenue primarily from the retailing of floorcoverings and beds.  Central costs of the 
Group are incurred principally in the UK.  As such, these costs are included within the UK segment.  Sales between segments are  
carried out at arm’s length. 

The segment information provided to the Board of Directors for the reportable segments for the 52 weeks ended 29 April 2017 is  
as follows: 

Gross revenue  
Inter-segment revenue 
Gross Sales 
Less cost of interest free credit 
Less VAT and other sales tax 
Revenues from external customers 
Gross profit 
Underlying operating profit 
Separately reported items 
Operating profit/(loss) 
Intercompany interest 
Finance costs 
Profit/(loss) before tax 
Tax 
Profit/(loss) for the financial period 

Segment assets: 
Segment assets 
Inter-segment balances 
Balance sheet total assets  
Segment liabilities: 
Segment liabilities 
Inter-segment balances 
Balance sheet total liabilities 

Other segmental items: 
Depreciation and amortisation 
Additions to non-current assets 

52 weeks to 29 April 2017 

UK
£m 
468.0
(2.9)
465.1
(6.8)
(77.3)
381.0
225.6
10.7
(11.9)
(1.2)
–
(2.0)
(3.2)
0.5
(2.7)

204.3
(28.7)
175.6

(174.4)
19.9
(154.5)

Europe
£m 
91.8
–
91.8
–
(15.2)
76.6
43.8
5.7
(1.6)
4.1
–
–
4.1
(0.7)
3.4

100.6
(19.9)
80.7

(52.5)
28.7
(23.8)

Group
£m 
559.8
(2.9)
556.9
(6.8)
(92.5)
457.6
269.4
16.4
(13.5)
2.9
–
(2.0)
0.9
(0.2)
0.7

304.9
(48.6)
256.3

(226.9)
48.6
(178.3)

52 weeks to 30 April 2016 
*Reclassified 
Europe
£m 
78.8
–
78.8
–
(13.0)
65.8
36.9
2.5
(0.4)
2.1
(0.1)
0.1
2.1
(0.8)
1.3

UK 
£m 
480.2 
(5.0) 
475.2 
(5.1) 
(79.1) 
391.0 
237.3 
17.8 
(5.1) 
12.7 
0.1 
(2.1) 
10.7 
(1.9) 
8.8 

Group
£m 
559.0
(5.0)
554.0
(5.1)
(92.1)
456.8
274.2
20.3
(5.5)
14.8
–
(2.0)
12.8
(2.7)
10.1

196.4 
(26.6) 
169.8 

(163.1) 
17.9 
(145.2) 

87.0
(17.9)
69.1

(46.3)
26.6
(19.7)

283.4
(44.5)
238.9

(209.4)
44.5
(164.9)

10.2
15.0

2.0
4.9

12.2
19.9

10.6 
10.2 

1.9
1.9

12.5
12.1

*  Certain prior year amounts, previously reported in underlying performance, have been reclassified for consistency with the current periods presentation as separately 

reported items.  This has no impact on the Group statutory reported profit before tax and earnings per share (see note 5). 

Carpetright plc is domiciled in the UK.  The Group’s revenue from external customers in the UK is £381.0m (2016: £391.0m) and the total 
revenue from external customers from other countries is £76.6m (2016: £65.8m).  The total of non-current assets (other than financial 
instruments and deferred tax assets) located in the UK is £143.6m (2016: £141.7m) and the total of those located in other countries is 
£80.2m (2016: £69.9m). 

Carpetright’s trade has historically shown no distinct pattern of seasonality, with trade cycles more closely following macro-economic indicators. 

76 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
76  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.  Operating profit/(loss), analysis of costs by nature 
Operating profit/(loss) is stated after charging/(crediting):  

Rental income earned on investment property  
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense in cost of sales 
Operating lease rentals: 

Lease payments in respect of land and buildings 
Lease payments in respect of plant and machinery 
Other lease items (lease incentives and rent free credits) 
Sublease rental income 

Auditors’ remuneration:  

Audit of the Parent Company’s consolidated financial statements 
Audit of the subsidiary companies’ financial statements 
Audit-related assurance services 
Non audit fees 

Staff costs 
(Reversal)/impairment of assets 
Amortisation of intangible assets 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment: 

Owned assets 
Under finance leases 

Depreciation of investment property 

Group 
2017
£m 
(1.9)
155.7

79.3
2.4
(2.9)
(1.1)

0.2
0.1
–
–
99.7
(1.8)
2.0

9.7
0.2
0.3

Group 
2016 
£m 
(2.0)
145.2

80.7
1.4
(3.3)
(1.0)

0.2
0.1
–
0.1
101.1
0.3
1.9

10.2
0.1
0.3

Notes 

4 
5 
10 

11 
11 
12 

Non audit fees in the period were £1k (2016: £54k); these fees are explained on page 38 of the Audit Committee report. 

4.  Staff costs 
The average number of persons (full-time equivalents) employed by the Group (including Directors) was as follows: 

Stores 
Store support office and distribution centre 

The aggregate employment costs of employees and Directors were as follows: 

Wages and salaries (including short-term employee benefits) 
Social security costs 
Post-employment benefits – defined contribution 
Share based payments 

Group 
2017 
Number 
2,530
417
2,947

Group  
2016  
Number 
2,609 
401 
3,010 

Company 
2017 
Number 
2,107
356
2,463

Company 
2016 
Number 
2,184
350
2,534

Notes 

5, 25

Group 
2017
£m 
87.2
9.3
2.2
1.0
99.7

Group  
2016  
£m 
88.6 
9.4 
2.1 
1.0 
101.1 

Company 
2017 
£m 
72.4
6.7
1.1
1.0
81.2

Company 
2016 
£m 
74.9
7.1
1.2
1.0
84.2

Wages and salaries include short-term employee benefits as defined in IAS 19, with the exception of costs associated with the Group’s 
pension schemes.  Post-employment benefits include costs associated with the Group’s pension schemes (with the exception of net 
interest costs and the actuarial gain on the defined benefit pension schemes) and are included in administration expenses.  Share based 
payments comprise the cost of awards in respect of employee share schemes in accordance with IFRS 2.  These costs are explained 
in note 25.  

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

77
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  77 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

4.  Staff costs continued 
The Group considers key management to be the Executive Directors only.  The employment costs of key management were as follows: 

Wages and salaries (including short-term employee benefits) 
Social security costs 
Post-employment benefits – defined contribution 
Share based payments 

Group 
2017 
£m 
0.8
0.2
0.2
0.1
1.3

Group 
2016 
£m 
1.2
0.2
0.2
0.4
2.0

During the period, the Executive Directors did not realise any gains (2016: no gains) on the vesting of long-term incentive plans.  Details of 
these plans, share options and other Directors’ remuneration are disclosed in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 39 to 60. 

5.  Separately reported items 
In order to provide shareholders with additional insight into the underlying performance of the business, items recognised in reported profit 
or loss before tax which, by virtue of their size and, or nature, do not reflect the Group’s underlying performance, have been excluded from 
the Group’s underlying results. 

Underlying profit before tax 

Property related 
Loss on disposal of properties 
Freehold property reversal/(impairment) 
Store asset (impairment)/reversal 
Net onerous lease charge 

Strategy 

Store refurbishment – asset write-offs 

Other 

Share based payments 

Total 

Statutory profit before tax 

Notes 

Group 
2017 
£m 
14.4 

Group  
2016  
£m 
Reclassified* 
18.3

(1.9)
2.2 
(0.4)
(11.0)

(3.6)
(0.4)
0.1
(0.6)

20 

(1.4)

–

25 

(1.0)

(1.0)

(13.5)

(5.5)

0.9 

12.8

* 

In 2016 the charge reported in the annual report and accounts was £4.5m.  For consistency with the current period presentation we have reclassified £1.0m relating to 
share based payments.  This has no impact on the Group’s statutory reported profit before tax and earnings per share.  The reclassified separately reported items for 
2016 is therefore £5.5m. 

A net loss of £1.9m was made on the disposal of 25 (22 trading and three onerous) properties during the year (2016: £3.6m loss), 
principally a combination of surrender premiums being paid to exit loss-making stores and asset write-offs. 

A number of investment properties that have previously been impaired are in receipt of rental income from independent third party tenants.  
As a result £2.2m of impairment against these locations is no longer required and has been reversed (2016: £0.4m charge). 

Leasehold store impairment testing during the year has identified a number of stores where the anticipated future performance does not 
support the carrying value of the assets.  As a result, a charge of £0.4m has been incurred in respect of the impairment of assets 
associated with these stores (2016: £0.1m credit). 

At 30 April 2016 there were eleven vacant properties in the UK and two in the Republic of Ireland classed as onerous leases against which 
we carried a provision.  During the year we disposed of three of these locations.  This was offset with three trading stores being closed and 
added to this group.  Following a strategic review of the store portfolio in February 2017, we have made a revised assessment of the 
onerous lease costs for loss-making stores.  The net impact of these judgments is a net charge of £11.0m (2016: £0.6m) – (see note 20). 

The value of assets written off incurred during the strategic store refurbishment programme amounts to £1.4m during the year.  In light of 
the quantum, and in keeping with historical treatment, such write-offs have been reported as separately reported items.  

78 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
78  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.  Separately reported items continued 
In light of the variable and non-cash nature of employee share based payments, these have been classified as separately reported items.  
This also allows for greater visibility of these charges in the accounts.  A charge of £1.0m was incurred during the year (2016: £1.0m). 

The cash flow impact of separately reported items was £4.0m outflow in the year.  

The tax impact of separately reported items is a credit of £2.5m.  The Group also recognised a £0.6m tax credit for the fall in the UK main 
rate of tax to 17%, which has also been included in separately reported items. 

6.  Finance costs 

Interest on borrowings and overdrafts 
Fees amortisation 
Interest on obligations under finance leases 
Net interest on pension scheme obligations 
Finance costs 

7.  Tax 

(i) Analysis of the charge in the period 

UK current tax 
Adjustment in respect of prior years 
Overseas current tax 
Total current tax 
UK deferred tax 
UK deferred tax prior year adjustment 
Overseas deferred tax 
Overseas deferred tax prior year adjustment 
Total deferred tax 
Total tax charge in the income statement 

(ii) Reconciliation of profit before tax to total tax  

Profit before tax 
Tax charge at UK corporation tax rate of 20% (2016: 20%) 
Adjusted for the effects of: 

Overseas tax rates 
Deferred tax impact of fall in UK tax rates  
Non-qualifying depreciation 
Other permanent differences 
Prior year adjustments 
Impact of gains crystallising 

Total tax charge in the income statement 

Notes 

22 

Notes 

21 

Group 
2017 
£m 
(1.2)
(0.5)
(0.2)
(0.1)
(2.0)

Group 
2017
£m 
(0.2)
–
0.1
(0.1)
(1.0)
(0.2)
2.2
(0.7)
0.3
0.2

Group 
2017 
£m 
0.9 
0.2 

0.5
(0.6)
0.4
0.6
(0.9)
–
0.2 

Group 
2016 
£m 
(1.1)
(0.6)
(0.2)
(0.1)
(2.0)

Group 
2016 
£m 
3.6
(0.6)
–
3.0
(1.1)
–
0.8
–
(0.3)
2.7

Group 
2016
£m 
12.8
2.6

0.3
(1.3)
0.4
0.9
–
(0.2)
2.7

The weighted average annual effective tax rate for the period is a charge of 24.3% (2016: 21.3%).   

The March 2016 Budget announced a fall in UK corporation tax rate to 17% from 1 April 2020 and was substantively enacted in 
September 2016 and the effects of which are included in these financial statements.  The reduction resulted in a deferred tax credit of 
£0.6m in the year. 

(iii) Tax on items taken directly to or transferred from equity 

Deferred tax on actuarial losses recognised in other comprehensive income 
Deferred tax on share based payments 
Total tax recognised in equity 

Group 
2017 
£m 
(0.1)
–
(0.1)

Group 
2016 
£m 
(0.4)
–
(0.4)

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

79
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  79 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

8.  Dividends 
The Directors decided that no final dividend will be paid (2016: No final dividend paid).  This results in no dividend in the period to  
29 April 2017 (2016: No dividend paid). 

9.  Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number  
of ordinary shares in issue during the period, excluding those held by Equity Trust (Jersey) Limited (see note 25) which are treated  
as cancelled. 

In order to compute diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion 
of all potentially dilutive ordinary shares.  Those share options granted to employees and Executive Directors where the exercise price is less 
than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the period represent potentially dilutive ordinary shares. 

Basic earnings per share 
Effect of dilutive share options  
Diluted earnings per share 

 52 weeks to 29 April 2017 
Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares 
Millions 
67.6
1.6
69.2

Earnings 
£m 
0.7
0.1
0.8

Earnings 
per share
Pence 
1.0
0.1
1.1

 52 weeks to 30 April 2016 

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares 
Millions 
67.7
0.2
67.9

Earnings  
£m 
10.1 
– 
10.1 

Earnings 
per share 
Pence 
14.9
–
14.9

The Directors have presented an additional measure of earnings per share based on underlying earnings.  This is in accordance with  
the practice adopted by many major retailers.  Underlying earnings is defined as profit excluding separately reported items and related tax.   

Reconciliation of earnings per share excluding post tax profit on separately reported items 

Basic earnings per share 
Adjusted for the effect of separately reported items: 

Separately reported items 
Tax thereon 
Separately reported tax benefit from tax rate change 

Underlying earnings per share 

 52 weeks to 29 April 2017 
Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares 
Millions 
67.6

Earnings 
£m 
0.7

Earnings 
per share
Pence 
1.0

13.5
(2.5)
(0.6)
11.1

–
–
–
67.6

20.0
(3.7)
(0.9)
16.4

 52 weeks to 30 April 2016 

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares 
Millions 
67.7

–
–
–
67.7

Earnings  
£m 
10.1 

5.5 
(0.2) 
(1.3) 
14.1 

Earnings 
per share 
Pence 
14.9

8.1
(0.3)
(1.9)
20.8

The prior year underlying earnings per share has been amended to take account of the reclassification of £1.0m shared based payment 
charge as a separately reported item (note 5).  Basic earnings per share is unchanged. 

80 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
80  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
10.  Intangible assets 

Group 
Cost: 
At 2 May 2015 
Exchange differences 
Additions 
Disposals 
At 30 April 2016 
Exchange differences 
Additions 
Disposals 
At 29 April 2017 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment: 
At 2 May 2015 
Exchange differences 
Amortisation 
Disposals 
At 30 April 2016 
Exchange differences 
Amortisation 
Disposals 
At 29 April 2017 

Net book value: 
At 29 April 2017 
At 30 April 2016 

Goodwill 
£m 

Computer 
software  
£m 

Brands 
£m 

51.3
1.1
–
–
52.4
1.7
–
–
54.1

0.5
–
–
–
0.5
–
–
–
0.5

20.8 
0.1 
1.8 
(0.2) 
22.5 
– 
0.6 
(0.9) 
22.2 

15.5 
0.1 
1.9 
(0.2) 
17.3 
0.1 
2.0 
(0.9) 
18.5 

53.6
51.9

3.7 
5.2 

0.1
–
–
–
0.1
–
–
–
0.1

0.1
–
–
–
0.1
–
–
–
0.1

–
–

Total 
£m 

72.2
1.2
1.8
(0.2)
75.0
1.7
0.6
(0.9)
76.4

16.1
0.1
1.9
(0.2)
17.9
0.1
2.0
(0.9)
19.1

57.3
57.1

Goodwill is not amortised.  Instead it is subject to an impairment review at each reporting date or more frequently if there is an indication 
that it may be impaired.  Other intangibles are amortised and also tested for impairment when there is an indication that the asset may be 
impaired.  Impairments and amortisation charges are recognised in full in administration expenses in the income statement during the 
period in which they are identified. 

Goodwill is impaired if the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount.  The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less  
costs to sell and the value in use.  In the absence of a recent market transaction, the recoverable amount of the goodwill held by  
the Group is determined from value in use calculations.   

Management has identified two cash-generating units (CGUs) supporting goodwill which are the UK and Europe, being the  
Netherlands and Belgium.  The goodwill allocated to each CGU is £29.8m (2016: £29.8m) to UK and £23.8m (2016: £22.1m) to Europe. 

Value in use calculations are based on five year profit projection models and plans approved by the Board, adjusted for non-cash items  
and capital expenditure. 

The key assumptions used in the cash flow model when assessing the UK and European goodwill balances are: 

−  Modest like-for-like sales growth in the UK and Europe, stable gross margin percentage and anticipated cost inflation; 
−  the pre-tax discount rate of 7.8% (2016: 7.8%) as applied to the cash flows is based on the Group’s weighted average cost of capital 

adjusted to reflect the risks of the businesses acquired; and 

−  the long-term growth rate of 2% is used in the calculation of the perpetuity model which is based on the long-term forecast growth rates 

of the countries within which the Group operates. 

In the UK, the recoverable amount calculated based on value in use exceeded carrying value by £516.8m.   

In Europe, the recoverable amount calculated based on value in use exceeded carrying value by £97.7m.  A fall in long-term growth rate 
to -26.2% from 2.0% or a rise in the discount rate to 18.6% from 7.8% would remove the remaining headroom. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

81
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  81 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

10.  Intangible assets continued 

Company 
Cost: 
At 2 May 2015 
Additions 
Disposals 
At 30 April 2016 
Additions 
Disposals 
At 29 April 2017 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment: 
At 2 May 2015 
Amortisation 
Disposals 
At 30 April 2016 
Amortisation 
Disposals 
At 29 April 2017 

Net book value: 
At 29 April 2017 
At 30 April 2016 

Goodwill 
£m 

Computer 
software  
£m 

Brands 
£m 

24.1
–
–
24.1
–
–
24.1

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

20.8 
1.8 
(0.2) 
22.4 
0.6 
(0.9) 
22.1 

15.5 
1.9 
(0.1) 
17.3 
2.0 
(0.9) 
18.4 

24.1
24.1

3.7 
5.1 

0.1
–
–
0.1
–
–
0.1

0.1
–
–
0.1
–
–
0.1

–
–

Total 
£m 

45.0
1.8
(0.2)
46.6
0.6
(0.9)
46.3

15.6
1.9
(0.1)
17.4
2.0
(0.9)
18.5

27.8
29.2

Company goodwill comprises purchased goodwill arising on the transfer of businesses from subsidiaries to the parent company in respect 
of Mays Carpets Ltd, £4.7m; Storey Carpets Ltd, £15.7m; Carpetworld (Manchester) Ltd, £0.8m; and Sleepright UK Ltd, £2.9m. 

82 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
82  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.  Property, plant and equipment  

Group 
Cost: 
At 2 May 2015 
Exchange differences 
Additions 
Transfer between asset classes 
Disposals 
At 30 April 2016 
Exchange differences 
Additions 
Transfer between asset classes 
Transfer to investment property 
Disposals 
At 29 April 2017 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment: 
At 2 May 2015 
Exchange differences 
Impairment/(reversal) 
Depreciation  
Transfer between asset classes  
Transfer to investment property 
Disposals 
At 30 April 2016 
Exchange differences 
Impairment/(reversal) 
Depreciation  
Transfer between asset classes 
Transfer to investment property 
Disposals 
At 29 April 2017 

Net book value: 
At 29 April 2017 
At 30 April 2016 

Freehold 
land and 
buildings 
£m 

Long 
leasehold 
land and 
buildings 
£m 

Short 
leasehold 
buildings 
£m 

Fixtures  
and fittings  
£m 

Plant and 
machinery 
£m 

44.0
1.2
0.1
–
(1.5)
43.8
1.5
–
–
(1.7)
(1.6)
42.0

8.9
0.4
0.3
0.7
–
(1.8)
(0.2)
8.3
0.6
(0.8)
0.7
–
(0.1)
(0.9)
7.8

17.6
–
–
–
–
17.6
0.1
–
(1.0)
–
(0.3)
16.4

5.7
–
–
0.4
–
–
–
6.1
0.1
–
0.3
(0.7)
–
(0.2)
5.6

18.2
0.1
0.2
–
(1.9)
16.6
0.1
0.7
0.9
–
(1.2)
17.1

11.8
0.1
–
0.8
–
–
(1.6)
11.1
0.1
–
0.8
0.6
–
(1.1)
11.5

93.4 
0.6 
5.5 
2.2 
(8.2) 
93.5 
1.1 
17.1 
0.1 
– 
(14.7) 
97.1 

57.3 
0.4 
(0.1) 
6.9 
2.1 
– 
(7.4) 
59.2 
1.1 
0.4 
7.3 
0.1 
– 
(13.1) 
55.0 

37.7
1.6
4.5
(2.2)
(7.7)
33.9
2.0
1.5
–
–
(1.1)
36.3

32.6
1.3
–
1.5
(2.1)
–
(7.6)
25.7
1.6
–
0.8
–
–
(1.1)
27.0

Total 
£m 

210.9
3.5
10.3
–
(19.3)
205.4
4.8
19.3
–
(1.7)
(18.9)
208.9

116.3
2.2
0.2
10.3
–
(1.8)
(16.8)
110.4
3.5
(0.4)
9.9
–
(0.1)
(16.4)
106.9

34.2
35.5

10.8
11.5

5.6
5.5

42.1 
34.3 

9.3
8.2

102.0
95.0

In accordance with IAS 36, assets are reviewed for impairment whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value  
may not be recoverable.  

Assets held under finance leases have the following net book value: 

Cost 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment 
Net book value 

The assets held under finance leases comprise buildings.  

Group 
2017
£m 
8.8
(3.3)
5.5

Group  
2016  
£m 
9.1 
(3.2) 
5.9 

Company 
2017 
£m 
2.1
(1.6)
0.5

Company 
2016 
£m 
2.3
(1.7)
0.6

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

83
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  83 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Freehold 
land and 
buildings 
£m 

Long 
leasehold 
land and 
buildings 
£m 

Short 
leasehold 
buildings 
£m 

Fixtures  
and fittings  
£m 

Plant and 
machinery 
£m 

18.2
0.1
0.2
(1.9)
16.6
0.1
0.8
(1.2)
16.3

11.8
0.1
–
0.8
–
(1.6)
11.1
0.1
0.1
0.8
–
(1.1)
11.0

83.4 
– 
5.3 
(7.5) 
81.2 
0.1 
12.8 
(12.5) 
81.6 

47.6 
0.2 
(0.1) 
6.7 
– 
(6.7) 
47.7 
– 
0.5 
6.3 
– 
(10.9) 
43.6 

13.0
–
2.8
(7.1)
8.7
–
0.9
(0.9)
8.7

12.0
–
–
0.4
–
(7.1)
5.3
–
–
0.6
–
(0.9)
5.0

Total 
£m 

142.3
0.1
8.3
(16.5)
134.2
0.2
14.5
(14.9)
134.0

78.9
0.3
0.5
8.3
(1.8)
(15.4)
70.8
0.1
–
8.0
0.6
(13.1)
66.4

5.3
5.5

38.0 
33.5 

3.7
3.4

67.6
63.4

17.8
–
–
–
17.8
–
–
–
17.8

3.9
–
0.6
0.2
(1.8)
–
2.9
–
(0.6)
0.2
0.6
–
3.1

14.7
14.9

9.9
–
–
–
9.9
–
–
(0.3)
9.6

3.6
–
–
0.2
–
–
3.8
–
–
0.1
–
(0.2)
3.7

5.9
6.1

Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

11.  Property, plant and equipment continued 

Company 
Cost: 
At 2 May 2015 
Exchange differences 
Additions 
Disposals 
At 30 April 2016 
Exchange differences 
Additions 
Disposals 
At 29 April 2017 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment: 
At 2 May 2015 
Exchange differences 
Impairment 
Depreciation  
Transfer to investment property 
Disposals 
At 30 April 2016 
Exchange differences 
Impairment 
Depreciation  
Transfer from investment property 
Disposals 
At 29 April 2017 

Net book value: 
At 29 April 2017 
At 30 April 2016 

84 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
84  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12.  Investment property 
Investment property is carried at depreciated historical cost and is reviewed for impairment when there is an indication of impairment.   
The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and the value in use calculations.  The value in use calculations are 
based on five year profit projection models and plans approved by the Board.   

Operating expenses attributable to investment properties are incurred directly by tenants under tenant-repairing leases. 

Properties now sublet have been reclassified as investments. 

Cost: 
At 2 May 2015 
Exchange differences 
Disposals 
At 30 April 2016 
Exchange differences 
Transfer from property, plant and equipment 
Disposals 
At 29 April 2017 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment: 
At 2 May 2015 
Exchange differences 
Impairment 
Depreciation 
Transfer from property, plant and equipment 
Disposals 
At 30 April 2016 
Exchange differences 
Impairment 
Depreciation 
Transfer from/(to) property, plant and equipment 
Disposals 
At 29 April 2017 

Net book value: 
At 29 April 2017 
At 30 April 2016 

Group 
£m 

Company
£m 

22.8
0.7
(2.3)
21.2
1.2
1.7
(3.9)
20.2

4.9
0.2
0.1
0.3
1.8
(0.6)
6.7
0.2
(1.4)
0.3
0.1
(1.0)
4.9

15.3
14.5

9.1
–
(2.3)
6.8
–
–
(3.9)
2.9

0.6
–
–
0.1
1.8
(0.6)
1.9
–
0.3
–
(0.6)
(1.0)
0.6

2.3
4.9

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

85
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  85 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

13.  Investment in subsidiary undertakings 
All of the Group’s subsidiary undertakings are included in the consolidated accounts.  The Group has the following subsidiaries as at  
29 April 2017. 

Carpetright of London Limited 
Melford Commercial Properties Limited 
Carpetright (Torquay) Limited 
Pluto Sp. Z.o.o. 
Carpetland NV 
Carpetland BV 
Fontainebleau Vastgoed BV 
Carpetworld Manchester Limited 
Carpet Express Limited 
Carpet Depot Ltd 
Carpetright Purfleet Limited 
Carpetright Purfleet Holdings Limited 
Carpetworld Ltd 
Carpetright at Home Limited 
Carpetright Card Services Limited 
Harris Beds Limited 
Harris Carpet Limited 
Harris Carpets at Home Limited 
Harris Carpets Direct Limited 
Harris Carpets Direct.com Limited 
Harris Furnishing Limited 
In-House Carpets Limited 
Mays Holdings Limited 
Mays Carpets Limited 
New Carpet Express Limited 
Premier Carpets Limited 
Rugright (EU) Limited 
Storey Carpets Limited 
Sleepright (UK) Limited 
Sleepright (EU) Limited 
Woodright Limited 

Registered office and country of incoporation 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales

Principal  
activity 
Holding 
Property 
Property 
Ul. Spacerowa 188, 270 Marki, Poland  Property 
Retail 
Retail 
Property 
Property 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 

Nieuwe Stallesstraat 215, 1620 Drogenbos, Belgium
Franciscusdreef 62, 3565 AC Utrecht, Netherlands
Franciscusdreef 62, 3565 AC Utrecht, Netherlands
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales

The Group operates in the Republic of Ireland where it trades as a branch of Carpetright plc. 

Company 
Cost: 
At the beginning of the period 
At the end of the period 

Percentage 
of ordinary 
shares held 
directly by 
Company 
100%
100%
100%
100%
–
–
–
–
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

Percentage 
of ordinary 
shares held 
indirectly by 
Company 
–
–
–
–
100%
100%
100%
100%
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

2017
£m 

15.7
15.7

2016
£m 

15.7
15.7

The cost of investments before impairments is £16.7m.  As at 29 April 2017 accumulated impairments of £1.0m have been recognised 
against the investment in Pluto Sp Z.o.o. 

86 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
86  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
 
14.  Inventories 
Group and Company inventories are held in the form of finished goods for resale.  In the period, write down of stock to net realisable  
value was £0.2m (2016: £0.4m), resulting in a stock provision of £0.4m (2016: £0.2m). 

15.  Trade and other receivables 

Non-current: 
Receivables from subsidiaries 
Prepayments  

Current: 
Trade receivables 
Less: provision for impairment 

Other receivables 
Prepayments and accrued income 

Total trade and other receivables 

Group 
2017 
£m 

Group  
2016  
£m 

Company 
2017 
£m 

Company 
2016 
£m 

–
0.4
0.4

13.4
(0.7)
12.7
1.3
11.8
25.8
26.2

– 
0.5 
0.5 

8.6 
(0.4) 
8.2 
1.2 
10.6 
20.0 
20.5 

41.7
0.4
42.1

6.4
(0.7)
5.7
0.7
10.6
17.0
59.1

42.9
0.5
43.4

4.2
(0.4)
3.8
0.7
9.7
14.2
57.6

The Directors consider that the carrying amounts of trade and other receivables approximate to their fair values. 

Provision for impairment 

At the beginning of the period 
Provision for impairment recognised during the year 
At the end of the period 

Group 
2017 
£m 
(0.4)
(0.3)
(0.7)

Group  
2016  
£m 
(0.4) 
– 
(0.4) 

Company 
2017 
£m 
(0.4)
(0.3)
(0.7)

Company 
2016 
£m 
(0.4)
–
(0.4)

The table below shows the financial assets included in trade and other receivables at the balance sheet date: 

Major insurance companies 
Property rent receivables 
Receivables from retail credit finance 
Retail customers 
Trade and other receivables 

Group 
2017 
£m 
1.0
0.3
1.4
11.3
14.0

Group  
2016  
£m 
0.9 
0.3 
1.2 
7.0 
9.4 

Company 
2017 
£m 
0.4
0.3
1.4
4.3
6.4

Company 
2016 
£m 
0.4
0.3
1.1
2.7
4.5

Balances from retail customers principally relate to products awaiting collection, but are considered to have little credit risk as they are 
primarily settled by cash or major credit card and must be settled prior to the goods being collected from/delivered by the store.  The Group 
bears no credit risk in respect of amounts due from retail customers under retail finance arrangements. 

The age profile of balances other than those with retail customers is set out below: 

Neither past due nor impaired 
30 to 60 days 
60 to 90 days 
Over 90 days 
Non-retail trade and other receivables 

Group 
2017 
£m 
1.2
0.1
–
–
1.3

Group  
2016  
£m 
1.1 
0.1 
– 
– 
1.2 

Company 
2017 
£m 
0.6
0.1
–
–
0.7

Company 
2016 
£m 
0.6
0.1
–
–
0.7

Other classes within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets and are not past due.  

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

87
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  87 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

16.  Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at bank and in hand 
Bank overdrafts 
Cash and cash equivalents in the cash flow statements 

Notes 

19

Group 
2017 
£m 
12.5
(7.1)
5.4

Group  
2016  
£m 
8.3 
(7.1) 
1.2 

Company 
2017 
£m 
9.3
(7.1)
2.2

Company 
2016 
£m 
5.5
(7.1)
(1.6)

Included in the £12.5m cash at bank are £5.2m of cash balances generated from the sale of freehold properties previously provided as 
security against borrowings.  These funds are restricted in use for either the acquisition of new freehold properties which will in turn be 
offered as security against borrowings or for the reduction of banking facilities. 

17.  Trade and other payables 

Current: 
Trade payables 
Other taxes and social security 
Accruals and deferred income 

Non-current: 
Accruals and deferred income 
Payable to subsidiaries 

Total trade and other payables 

Group 
2017 
£m 

Group  
2016  
£m 

Company 
2017 
£m 

Company 
2016 
£m 

51.0
10.2
22.7
83.9

34.5
–
34.5
118.4

52.8 
11.5 
24.5 
88.8 

34.3 
– 
34.3 
123.1 

45.4
9.0
18.1
72.5

34.6
9.6
44.2
116.7

46.0
9.5
22.1
77.6

34.3
9.1
43.4
121.0

Trade payables comprise amounts outstanding for trade purchases and ongoing costs.  The Directors consider that the carrying amounts 
of trade and other payables approximate to their fair values. 

18.  Obligations under finance leases 

Amounts payable within one year 
Amounts payable between one and  
five years 
Amounts payable after five years 

Less: future finance charges 
Present value of obligations  
under finance leases 
Current 
Non-current  

Minimum lease payments 
Company 
2017 
£m 
0.2

Group 
2016 
£m 
0.3

Group  
2017  
£m 
0.3 

Company 
2016 
£m 
0.2

1.1 
3.7 
5.1 
(2.9) 

2.2 
0.1 
2.1 

1.1
4.0
5.4
(3.1)

2.3
0.1
2.2

0.8
0.5
1.5
(0.4)

1.1
0.1
1.0

0.8
0.7
1.7
(0.5)

1.2
0.1
1.1

Present value of minimum lease payments 
Group 
2017 
£m 
0.1

Company 
2017 
£m 
0.1

Group  
2016  
£m 
0.1 

Company 
2016 
£m 
0.1

0.6
1.5
–
–

2.2

0.6 
1.6 
– 
– 

2.3 

0.5
0.5
–
–

1.1

0.5
0.6
–
–

1.2

The Group leases certain properties under finance leases.  The average lease term remaining is 12 years (2016: 13 years).  The minimum 
lease payments are discounted at the rate inherent in the leases.  Interest rates are fixed at the contract date.  All leases are on a fixed 
repayment basis and no arrangements have been entered into for contingent rental payments.  

88 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
88  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19.  Borrowings 

Current: 
Bank overdraft 
Bank loans  

Non-current: 
Bank loans  

Group 
2017 
£m 

Group  
2016  
£m 

Company 
2017 
£m 

Company 
2016 
£m 

7.1
13.0
20.1

–
20.1

7.1 
– 
7.1 

– 
7.1 

7.1
13.0
20.1

–
20.1

7.1
–
7.1

–
7.1

Borrowings and overdrafts are denominated in Sterling and Euro of which £7.1m (2016: £7.1m) are secured on certain Group  
freehold properties.  

The effective interest rates at the period end are as follows: 

Overdrafts 
Revolving credit facility 

The maturity profiles of borrowings are as follows: 

Amounts payable within one year 

Group 
2017 
% 
4.0
3.5

Group 
2017 
£m 
20.1
20.1

Group  
2016  
% 
4.0 
3.5 

Company 
2017 
% 
4.0
3.5

Company 
2016 
% 
4.0
3.5

Group  
2016  
£m 
7.1 
7.1 

Company 
2017 
£m 
20.1
20.1

Company 
2017 
£m 
7.1
7.1

The maturity analysis is grouped by when the debt is contracted to mature rather than by re-pricing dates. 

20.  Provisions for liabilities and charges 

Group and Company 
At the beginning of the period 
Exchange differences 
Added during the period 
Released during the period 
Utilised during the period 
At the end of the period 

Group  
2017  
£m 
Reorganisation 
provisions 
£m 
0.1
–
–
–
(0.1)
–

Onerous lease 
provisions 
£m 
12.5
0.1
12.4
(1.4)
(6.1)
17.5

Total 
provisions 
£m 
12.6
0.1
12.4
(1.4)
(6.2)
17.5

Onerous lease 
provisions  
£m 
12.3 
0.1 
12.4 
(1.3) 
(6.0) 
17.5 

Company  
2017  
£m 
Reorganisation 
provisions  
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Total 
provisions 
£m 
12.3
0.1
12.4
(1.3)
(6.0)
17.5

The onerous lease provisions relate to estimated future unavoidable lease costs in respect of closed and loss-making trading stores.     

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

89
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  89 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

21.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities 

Deferred tax assets 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Net deferred tax liabilities 

Group
2017 
£m 
(1.9)
15.2
13.3

Group  
2016 
£m 
(1.9) 
15.3 
13.4 

Company 
2017
£m 
–
9.0
9.0

Company 
2016
£m 
–
10.6
10.6

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset against each other where there is a legally enforceable right to offset.  Deferred tax liabilities 
of £15.2m (2016: £15.3m) comprise deferred tax assets of £1.8m (2016: £2.1m) offset against deferred tax liabilities of £17.0m 
(2016: £17.4m). 

The movement in deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised by the Group during the current and prior period is: 

Group 
At 2 May 2015 
Exchange difference 
Charge/(credit) to the income statement 
Charge/(credit) to other comprehensive income 
At 30 April 2016 
Exchange difference 
Charge/(credit) to the income statement 
Charge/(credit) to other comprehensive income 
Transfer to current tax 
At 29 April 2017 

Company 
At 2 May 2015 
Charge/(credit) to the income statement 
Charge/(credit) to other comprehensive income 
At 30 April 2016 
Charge/(credit) to the income statement 
Charge/(credit) to other comprehensive income 
Transfer to current tax 
At 29 April 2017 

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation 
5.2
0.1
(0.4)
–
4.9
0.2
(0.1)
–
–
5.0

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation 
2.3
(0.4)
–
1.9
(0.2)
–
–
1.7

Fair value 
adjustments 
1.3
(0.1)
–
–
1.2
0.1
–
–
–
1.3

Deferred 
capital gains 
12.2
–
(1.3)
–
10.9
–
(0.9)
–
(0.3)
9.7

Fair value 
adjustments 
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Deferred
capital gains 
11.2
(1.2)
–
10.0
(0.9)
–
(0.3)
8.8

Short-term 
timing 
differences 
(1.0)
0.2
0.2
–
(0.6)
–
0.3
–
–
(0.3)

Short-term 
timing 
differences 
(1.0)
–
–
(1.0)
0.1
–
–
(0.9)

Share 
based 
payments 
(0.1) 
– 
– 
– 
(0.1) 
– 
(0.2) 
– 
– 
(0.3) 

Tax  
losses 
(4.0) 
– 
1.3 
– 
(2.7) 
(0.3) 
1.2 
– 
– 
(1.8) 

Share 
based 
payments 
(0.1) 
– 
– 
(0.1) 
(0.2) 
– 
– 
(0.3) 

Tax  
losses 
(0.6) 
0.6 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations 
(0.6)
–
–
0.4
(0.2)
–
–
(0.1)
–
(0.3)

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations 
(0.6)
–
0.4
(0.2)
–
(0.1)
–
(0.3)

Total 
13.0
0.2
(0.2)
0.4
13.4
–
0.3
(0.1)
(0.3)
13.3

Total 
11.2
(1.0)
0.4
10.6
(1.2)
(0.1)
(0.3)
9.0

90 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
90  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
22.  Retirement benefit obligations 
The Group operates a variety of pension schemes, principally in the UK, the Netherlands and Belgium.  They comprise defined benefit 
schemes where benefits are based on employees’ length of service and average final salary, and defined contribution schemes where  
the employer company pays a set contribution to the scheme.  The UK defined benefit schemes referred to in note 22 (i) (a) and the 
first two defined contribution schemes referred to in note 22 (ii) are accounted for by the Company. 

(i) Defined benefit schemes 
(a) UK defined benefit schemes 
The Company operated a funded defined benefit pension scheme providing benefits based on final pensionable pay for its employees  
and has assumed the liability for the scheme previously operated by Storey Carpets Ltd (Storeys).  The Company scheme was closed  
to defined benefit service accrual on 30 April 2010 and has been closed to new members since 31 March 2006.  The scheme previously 
operated by Storeys is also closed to new members and has no active members.  The assets of the schemes are held separately from  
those of the Company.   

The assets of the Company scheme are invested in a Managed Fund operated by a fund management company.  Contributions are 
determined by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method.  The most recent actuarial review was at 6 April 2014 when the 
actuarial value of the assets represented 89% of the benefits accrued to members after allowing for expected future increases in earnings.   
A deficit reduction plan has been agreed with the Trustees under which £0.6m was paid in the period (2016: £0.6m). 

The assets of the Storeys scheme are held in independently managed funds.  The most recent actuarial review of the Storeys scheme  
was at 1 March 2014 when the actuarial value of the assets represented 88% of the benefits accrued to members.  A deficit reduction  
plan has been agreed with the Trustees under which £0.3m was paid in the period (2016: £0.3m). 

Risks 
The Group schemes are exposed to actuarial risks and investment risks.  Some of the risks can be reduced by adjusting the funding 
strategy with the help of the Trustees, for example investment matching risk.  Other risks cannot so easily be removed, for example 
longevity risk.  The Trustees of the plan regularly review such risks and mitigating controls and a risk register is approved annually to  
mitigate such risks. 

Employer contributions of £0.9m are expected to be paid into these pension schemes during the financial period 2018. 

The assets and liabilities of the schemes were valued on an IAS 19 basis at 29 April 2017 by a qualified actuary.  The numbers set  
out below are the aggregate of the two schemes. 

1) The table below outlines amounts included in the financial statements arising from the Group’s and Company’s obligations in respect  
of the defined benefit scheme: 

Present value of pension schemes’ obligations 
Fair value of pension schemes’ assets 
Total recognised in the balance sheet 

Net interest cost on pension schemes 
Total recognised in the income statement 

Actuarial gains/(losses) on plan assets 
Change in assumptions underlying present value of liabilities 
Total recognised in the other comprehensive income statement 

Notes 
6 

2017 
£m 
(32.7)
29.5
(3.2)

2017 
£m 
(0.1)
(0.1)

2017 
£m 
4.9
(6.7)
(1.8)

2016 
£m 
(28.3)
26.1
(2.2)

2016 
£m 
(0.1)
(0.1)

2016 
£m 
(0.6)
1.7
1.1

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

91
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  91 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

22.  Retirement benefit obligations continued 

2) Reconciliation of movement in net pension deficit: 

As at 30 April 2016 
Interest income/(expense) 

Re-measurements: 
Actuarial gains and losses from: 

Financial assumptions 
Experience adjustments 
Return on plan assets excluding interest 

Contributions: 
Employers 

Payments from plan: 
Benefits paid 

As at 29 April 2017 

  Defined benefit obligations 
2016 
£m 
(30.8)
(1.0)

2017 
£m 
(28.3)
(1.0)

(6.4)
(0.3)
–

1.7
–
–

Fair value of assets 

Net defined 
benefit obligations 

2017 
£m 
26.1
0.9

–
–
4.9

2016  
£m 
26.8 
0.9 

– 
– 
(0.7) 

2017 
£m 
(2.2)
(0.1)

(6.4)
(0.3)
4.9

2016 
£m 
(4.0)
(0.1)

1.7
–
(0.7)

–

–

0.9

0.9 

0.9

0.9

3.3

1.8

(3.3)

(1.8) 

–

–

(32.7)

(28.3)

29.5

26.1 

(3.2)

(2.2)

3) The fair value of scheme assets split between those which have a quoted market price in an active market and those which are unquoted 
are as follows: 

Equities 
Bonds 
Property 
Insurance policy – unquoted 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Total 

2017 
Quoted
£m 
12.4
9.0
–
–
0.2
21.6

2017
Unquoted 
£m 
–
–
–
7.9
–
7.9

Total
2017 
£m 
12.4
9.0
–
7.9
0.2
29.5

2016  
Quoted 
£m 
11.5 
7.6 
0.1 
– 
0.1 
19.3 

2016
Unquoted 
£m 
–
–
–
6.7
0.1
6.8

Total
2016 
£m 
11.5
7.6
0.1
6.7
0.2
26.1

The unquoted insurance policy has been valued at an amount equal to the present value of the pensions secured, determined using the 
same actuarial assumptions and methodology as have been used to determine the present value of the obligations under the Scheme.

92 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
92  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22.  Retirement benefit obligations continued 

4) Key assumptions used: 

RPI inflation 
Discount rate 
CPI inflation 

2017 
% 
3.5
2.5
2.7

2016 
% 
3.1
3.5
2.3

The assumptions used by the actuary are the best estimates chosen from a range of possible actuarial assumptions which, due to the 
timescale covered, may not necessarily be borne out in practice.  The assumptions used for future life expectancy of members of the 
scheme are derived from industry dates and standard tables.  Specifically, the S2NXA and S2 table on a year of birth usage with CMI_2013 
future improvements factors and a long-term rate of improvement of 1.25% (2016: S2NXA table on a year of birth usage with future 
improvements factors and a long-term rate of improvement of 1.25% pa).  This results in the following life expectancies: 

−  male aged 65 now has life expectancy of 23 years 
−  female aged 65 now has life expectancy of 25 years 

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period is 20 years and 18 years for the 
Carpetright and Storey’s schemes respectively (2016: 20 years and 18 years respectively). 

The most significant assumptions are the discount rate, retail and consumer price index and mortality rates, of which the most sensitive 
assumption is the life expectancy.  The table below shows the impact on the present value placed on the plan’s liabilities of the stated 
changes to the actuarial assumptions and has been derived by applying sensitivities determined at the most recent actuarial valuation 
to the projected liability value.  The sensitivity analysis is based on a change in one assumption while holding all others constant.  Therefore 
interdependencies between the assumptions have not been taken into account within the analysis 

Increase/(decrease) by 0.1% 
Increase/(decrease) by 0.1% 
Increase/(decrease) by 1 year 

Discount rate 
RPI inflation or CPI inflation 
Life expectancy 

2017 
£m 
0.6
0.4
1.2

2016 
£m 
0.5
0.3
1.1

 (b) Multi-employer scheme 
The Group’s Dutch subsidiary participates in a multi-employer run industry pension scheme which has arrangements similar to those  
of a defined benefit scheme.  It is not possible to identify the Group’s share of the underlying assets and liabilities of the scheme, and 
therefore, in accordance with IAS 19, the Group has taken the exemption for multi-employer pension schemes not to disclose pension 
scheme assets and liabilities.  Accordingly, although this scheme is a defined benefit scheme it is treated as a defined contribution  
scheme, recognising the contributions payable in each period in the income statement.  Under the terms of the scheme the scheme  
deficit is recovered through increased contributions from participating members.  At the period end, the Group was unable to obtain  
a valuation of the industry scheme’s full surplus or deficit.  The Group was also unable to obtain details concerning the future funding 
requirements, and its participation level relative to the other participants.  Contributions charged to the income statement amounted  
to £1.0m (2016: £0.9m) and expected contribution to this scheme for the financial period 2018 is £1.0m. 

(ii) Defined contribution schemes 
The Company launched a Group Personal Pension Plan in April 2006.  Contributions made by employees are matched by the Company 
to an upper limit.  The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the Company and are invested by Royal London.  
Contributions for the period amounted to £1.1m (2016: £1.2m). 

In addition, the Group operates defined contribution pension schemes for subsidiary companies in Belgium and the Netherlands.  
The Group makes contributions into the schemes, the assets of which are held separately from those of the Group and are invested 
by local insurance companies.  The contributions by the Group into individual company schemes for the period were a net charge of 
£0.1m (2016: £0.1m) and there were no contributions to industry collective schemes (2016: nil). 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

93
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  93 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

23.  Financial instruments 

(i) Financial risk management objectives and policies 
Risk management 
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise borrowings and overdrafts, cash and cash equivalents.  These financial instruments 
are used to manage funding and liquidity requirements.  Other financial instruments which arise directly from the Group’s operations include 
trade receivables and payables. 

Exposure to credit, liquidity, foreign currency exchange and interest rate risks arise in the normal course of the Group’s business operations 
and each of these risks is managed in accordance with the Group’s treasury risk management strategy, which is also discussed in the 
Financial Review in the section Current liquidity. 

(a) Credit risk 
The Group does not have significant concentrations of credit risk as exposure is spread over a number of counterparties and customers. 

The Group is exposed to a small amount of credit risk that is primarily attributable to its trade and other receivables, the majority of which 
relates to retail customer products held ready for collection (see note 15).  Retail customers are required to settle outstanding balances in 
cash or using a major credit card prior to goods being collected from/delivered by the store. 

The credit risk on liquid funds is limited because the counterparties are reputable banks.  The maximum amount of credit risk is represented 
by the carrying amounts of financial assets. 

(b) Liquidity risk 
The Group finances its operations from a mix of retained profits and bank borrowings achieved through revolving credit agreements  
and overdraft facilities.  Daily cash balances are forecast and surplus cash is placed on treasury deposit with the Group’s bankers. 

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments,  
including interest: 

Less than
1 year
£m 

Between
1 and 2 
years
£m 

Between 
2 and 5 
years 
£m 

Over
5 years
£m 

20.4
0.3
69.0
89.7

7.3
0.3
73.5
81.1

25.5
0.2
64.7
90.4

12.0
0.2
68.6
80.8

–
0.3
–
0.3

–
0.3
–
0.3

–
0.2
–
0.2

–
0.2
–
0.2

– 
0.8 
– 
0.8 

– 
0.8 
– 
0.8 

– 
0.5 
– 
0.5 

– 
0.6 
– 
0.6 

–
3.7
–
3.7

–
4.0
–
4.0

–
0.6
–
0.6

–
0.7
–
0.7

Total 
£m 

20.4
5.1
69.0
94.5

7.3
5.4
73.5
86.2

25.5
1.5
64.7
91.7

12.0
1.7
68.6
82.3

Group 
At 29 April 2017 
Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
Finance leases 
Trade and other payables 

At 30 April 2016 
Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
Finance leases 
Trade and other payables 

Company 
At 29 April 2017 
Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
Finance leases 
Trade and other payables 

At 30 April 2016 
Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
Finance leases 
Trade and other payables 

94 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
94  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23.  Financial instruments continued 
The Group has committed facilities to July 2019 comprising a £45.0m revolving credit facility.  The Group also has uncommitted overdraft 
facilities of £7.5m in the UK which are renewable annually in October and €2.4m in the Rest of Europe.  The undrawn amounts on the 
committed facilities were £32.0m (2016: £45.0m).  The undrawn amounts on the uncommitted facilities were £0.4m and €2.4m (2016: 
£0.4m and €2.4m). 

There are a number of covenants which commit the Group to maintaining certain rates of leverage and fixed charge cover.  The Group  
has and is expected to remain in compliance with these covenants; further details on this can be found on pages 23 and 25 of the  
Strategic Report.   

(c) Foreign exchange risk 
Outside the UK, the Group operates in the Netherlands, Belgium and the Republic of Ireland and had cash balances in Poland.  Revenues 
and expenses of these operations are denominated in Euros or Zlotys.  The Group mitigates currency risk in respect of the net investment 
in European operations by designating Euro denominated borrowings as hedging instruments of Euro denominated investments in foreign 
operations. 

If the closing Sterling Euro rate had been 0.01 points lower in the period, the exchange difference reported in the statement of 
comprehensive income would have been £0.3m lower (2016: £0.3m lower).  At 29 April 2017, if Sterling had weakened/strengthened  
by 10% against the Euro, profit after tax for the period would have been £0.3m higher/lower as a result of the translation of the Euro 
denominated businesses. 

Financial assets and liabilities and foreign operations are translated at the following rates of exchange: 

Average rate 
Closing rate 

Euro
2017 
1.20
1.19

Euro 
2016 
1.36 
1.28 

Zloty
2017 
5.21
5.01

Zloty
2016 
5.77
5.62

(d) Interest rate risk 
The Group has various borrowings bearing interest at a margin over LIBOR or EURIBOR rates.   

In accordance with IFRS 7, the Group has undertaken sensitivity analysis on its financial instruments which are affected by changes  
in interest rates.  This analysis has been prepared on the basis of a constant amount of net debt and a constant ratio of fixed to floating 
interest rates as at 29 April 2017 and 30 April 2016 respectively.  Consequently, analysis relates to the situation at those dates and is  
not representative of the periods then ended.   

Based on the Group’s net debt position at the period end, a 1% change in interest rates would affect the Group’s profit before tax  
by approximately £0.1m (2016: £0.1m). 

The interest rate profile of the financial assets and liabilities of the Group is as follows: 

2017 

2016 

Weighted 
average 
effective 
interest 
rate
% 
0.2%
–
–
–
1.8%
–

Floating  
rate 
£m 
8.9 
2.8 
0.8 
12.5 
(20.4) 
– 

Fixed
rate
£m 
–
–
–
–
(2.0)
(0.1)

Interest 
free
£m 
6.2
7.8
–
14.0
(58.8)
(10.2)

Weighted 
average 
effective 
interest
rate
% 
0.1
–
–
– 
0.5
–

Total
£m 
15.1
10.6
0.8
26.5
(81.2)
(10.3)

Floating
rate
£m 
5.4
2.2
0.7
8.3
(7.3)
–

Fixed 
rate 
 £m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(2.1) 
(0.2) 

Interest 
free
£m 
4.4
5.0
–
9.4
(62.9)
(10.6)

Total
£m 
9.8
7.2
0.7
17.7
(72.3)
(10.8)

–

(20.4) 

(2.1)

(69.0)

(91.5)

– 

(7.3)

(2.3) 

(73.5)

(83.1)

Sterling 
Euro 
Zloty 
Total financial assets 
Sterling 
Euro 
Total financial 
liabilities 

Capital management 
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern and retain financial flexibility in 
order to continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders.  The Group considers capital to be equity and net 
debt.  Net debt is disclosed in note 29. 

The Group manages its capital by: continued focus on free cash flow generation; setting the level of capital expenditure and dividend in  
the context of the current period and forecast free cash flow; and monitoring the level of the Group’s financial and leasehold debt in the 
context of Group performance. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

95
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  95 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

23.  Financial instruments continued 

(ii) Fair value of financial assets and liabilities 
Financial assets and liabilities are classified in accordance with IAS 39.  Financial instruments have not been reclassified or derecognised in 
the period.  There are no financial assets which have been pledged or held as collateral.  The Group does not have any financial assets or 
liabilities measured at fair value through the income statement.  There are no available-for-sale financial assets. 

The carrying values of all other financial assets and liabilities are deemed to reflect fair value. 

At cost: 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Loans and receivables at amortised cost: 

Trade and other receivables 

Total financial assets 

Financial liabilities at amortised cost: 

Borrowings and overdrafts 
Finance lease obligations 

Financial liabilities at cost: 

Trade and other payables 

Total financial liabilities 

Net financial liabilities 

Group  

Company 

2017
Fair value
 £m 

2016 
Fair value  
£m 

2017
Fair value
 £m 

2016
Fair value
£m 

12.5

14.0
26.5

(20.1)
(2.2)

(69.3)
(91.6)

8.3 

9.3

5.5

9.4 
17.7 

48.1
57.4

47.7
53.2

(7.1) 
(2.3) 

(73.7) 
(83.1) 

(20.1)
(1.1)

(70.1)
(91.3)

(7.1)
(1.2)

(73.5)
(81.8)

(65.1)

(65.4) 

(33.9)

(28.6)

(iii) Hedge accounting 
Net investment hedges 
Euro-denominated facilities are designated as hedging instruments of Euro-denominated net assets of the Group’s foreign operations  
in order to protect the Group from currency risk in respect of the Group’s Euro-denominated foreign operations.  Borrowing balances  
are carried at amortised cost which approximates fair value since borrowings bear interest at the prevailing floating rate. 

24.  Share capital  

Group and Company 
At 2 May 2015 
Issue of new shares 
Purchase of own shares – employee benefit trust 
At 30 April 2016 
Issue of new shares 
Purchase of own shares – employee benefit trust 
At 29 April 2017 

Number 
of allotted, 
called up and 
fully paid 
ordinary 
shares 
Millions 
67.8
0.1
–
67.9
–
–
67.9

Share capital
£m 
0.7
–
–
0.7
–
–
0.7

Share 
premium 
£m 
17.4 
0.4 
– 
17.8 
– 
– 
17.8 

Treasury 
shares
£m 
(0.4)
–
(0.9)
(1.3)
–
(0.3)
(1.6)

Total
£m 
17.7
0.4
(0.9)
17.2
–
(0.3)
16.9

The Group’s LTIP was established to grant contingent rights to shares.  Such grants are made on recommendation by the Group’s 
Remuneration Committee.  Shares are purchased by a Trust and held until they are used to satisfy the LTIP awards.  As required by IAS 
32, grants of such shares are classified as Treasury shares and accordingly are deducted from total equity attributable to equity holders of 
the parent.  During the period, the Trust purchased 156,358 ordinary shares (2016: 157,450 shares purchased).  At the period end, the 
Trust held 365,248 (2016: 208,890) ordinary shares of 1p each with a market value of £0.8m (2016: £0.7m). 

The Group also operates a share option scheme under which shares are issued to satisfy share options upon exercise. 

96 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
96  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25.  Share based payments 
Included within separately reported items is a charge of £1.0m (2016: charge of £1.0m) in respect of equity-settled share based payments. 

The Group’s employee share schemes are described below and additional detail is disclosed in the Directors’ remuneration report on 
pages 49 to 50, scheme participants are either Directors of the Company or employees of the Group.  The costs associated with the 
schemes are accounted for in the Company’s accounts. 

(i) LTIP 
Under this scheme, participants may receive annual awards in the form of contingent entitlements to Company shares.  These entitlements 
are equity-settled through the purchase of existing shares by the administering Trust.  The shares vest three years after award if participants 
remain with the Group during the vesting period and the Group meets targeted levels of performance.  The performance conditions are fully 
described in the Directors’ remuneration report in the section titled Long-term incentives. 

During the period, contingent entitlements to 1,186,812 shares were granted (2016: 488,816).  The amount recognised in the income 
statement in respect of all LTIP awards is a charge of £0.2m (2016: charge of £0.8m).  The fair values of the awards, where there is no 
market condition, are valued using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.  The Group’s LTIP Trust is administered by Equity Trust (Jersey) 
Limited and waives its right to dividends on the shares held. 

Reconciliation of movements in the 52 week period ended 29 April 2017 

Outstanding at 2 May 2015 
Granted 
Expired/lapsed 
Outstanding at 30 April 2016 
Granted 
Forfeited 
Expired/lapsed 
Outstanding at 29 April 2017 

Exercisable at 29 April 2017 
Exercisable at 30 April 2016 

LTIP Sept 2016 
Share  
awards 
‘000s 

Fair
value
 £m 

– 
1,186.8 
(53.4) 
– 
1,133.4 

– 
– 

–
2.7
(0.1)
–
2.6

–
–

LTIP July 2015 
Share 
awards
‘000s 
–
488.8
(32.6)
456.2
–
(19.8)
–
436.4

Fair
value
 £m 
–
2.7
(0.2)
2.5
–
(0.1)
–
2.4

LTIP July 2014 
Share 
awards
‘000s 
398.6
–
(33.0)
365.6
–
–
–
365.6

Fair 
value 
 £m 
2.1 
– 
(0.1) 
2.0 
– 
– 
– 
2.0 

LTIP Jan 2014 
Share
 awards
‘000s 
302.5
–
(34.0)
268.5
–
(1.8)
–
266.7

Fair
value
£m 
1.1
–
(0.2)
0.9
–
–
–
0.9

–
–

–
–

–
–

– 
– 

–
–

–
–

The valuation assumptions used in the application of the Black-Scholes model applied to the relevant schemes above are as follows: 

Valuation assumptions 
Fair value per share (pence) 
Share price at grant (pence) 
Exercise price (pence) 
Expected volatility (%)1 
Vesting period (years) 
Dividend yield (%) 
Risk free interest rate (%) 

LTIP Sept 
2016 award 
231
241
0.0
38.5
3.0
0.0
1.6

LTIP July  
2015 award 
560 
577 
0.0 
32.4 
3.0 
0.0 
1.0 

LTIP July 
2014 award 
524
525.5
0.0
33.4
3.0
0.0
1.5

LTIP Jan 
2014 award 
504
506
0.0
35.1
3.0
0.0
1.0

1.  Expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the three year period preceding the date of grant.  The risk free interest rate is the yield on zero-coupon UK 

government bonds at the date of grant of the respective awards over a term consistent with the vesting period. 

(ii) Savings Related Share Option Scheme (“SAYE”) 
The Group operates three and five year SAYE schemes.  Employees and Executive Directors are invited to subscribe for options over 
shares in the Company at a 20% discount to market price.  The options are ordinarily exercisable within six months from the third or fifth 
anniversary of the grant date.  The entitlement to share options is equity-settled.  Funds for the purchase of Company shares are built up 
through the contribution of a maximum of £500 (2016: £500) per month from salary.  Share options were valued using a Black-Scholes 
option-pricing model.  The cost charged to the income statement in respect of this scheme is £0.8m (2016: £0.2m). 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

97
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  97 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

25.  Share based payments continued 

Reconciliation of movements in the period ended 29 April 2017 

SAYE 2017 
3 yr  
Number 
of options 
‘000s 

5 yr  
Number 
of options 
‘000s 

SAYE 2016 

3 yr  
Number  
of options 
‘000s 

5 yr  
Number 
of options 
‘000s 

SAYE 2015 
3 yr 
Number 
of options 
‘000s 

5 yr 
Number 
of options 
‘000s 

SAYE 2014 
3 yr 
Number 
of options 
‘000s 

5 yr 
Number 
of options 
‘000s 

SAYE 2013 
3 yr  
Number 
of options 
‘000s 

5 yr 
Number 
of options  
‘000s 

SAYE 
2012 

SAYE 
2011 

5 yr 
Number 
of options 
‘000s 

5 yr 
Number 
of options 
‘000s 

Outstanding at  
2 May 2015 
Granted 
Forfeited 
Vested 
Outstanding at  
30 April 2016 
Granted 
Forfeited 
Vested 
Outstanding at  
29 April 2017 

Exercisable at  
29 April 2017 
Exercisable at  
30 April 2016 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
197.3 
– 
– 

– 

– 
487.6  3,264.3 
– 
(24.2) 
– 
– 

197.3 
– 
(146.7) 
– 

–
39.5
–
–

39.5
–
(29.4)
–

757.8
–
(208.4)
(0.9)

548.5
–
(467.3)
–

158.8
–
(24.2)
–

134.6
–
(91.4)
–

128.2
–
(24.0)
–

104.2
–
(63.1)
–

24.7
–
(3.0)
–

21.7
–
(14.7)
–

463.4  3,264.3 

50.6 

10.1

81.2

43.2

41.1

7.0

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

–

–

41.1

–

–

–

34.0 
– 
(8.7) 
– 

25.3 
– 
(25.3) 
– 

– 

– 

8.6 
– 
(2.5) 
– 

6.1 
– 
(3.3) 
– 

8.3
–
(2.1)
–

6.2
–
(4.4)
–

2.8 

1.8

2.8 

1.8

6.1
–
(1.8)
–

4.3
–
(4.3)
–

–

–

25.3 

– 

–

4.3

The valuation assumptions used in the application of the Black-Scholes model applied to the relevant schemes above are as follows: 

Valuation assumptions 
Fair value per share (pence) 
Share price at grant (pence) 
Exercise price (pence) 
Expected volatility (%)1 
Vesting period (years) 
Dividend yield (%) 
Risk free interest rate (%) 
Possibility of ceasing employment before  
vesting (%) 

SAYE 2013 
3 yr  

5yr 
178
446
356

SAYE 2017 
3yr 
62
162
130
43.2
3.0
–
0.3

SAYE 2015 
3yr 
148
446
347

SAYE 2016 
3yr 
148
446
356

SAYE 
2011 
SAYE 2014 
5 yr 
3 yr 
5yr 
67
298
165
792
505
162
130
634
404
37.3 34.3 34.7 31.5 34.8 33.7 34.8  34.7  39.1  44.1 39.9
5.1
3.1
2.3
–
2.4
0.3

SAYE 
2012 
5 yr 
5 yr 
201  248  339  231
505  679  679  529
404  544  554  423

5 yr 
184
446
347

5.1 
– 
4.9 

5.1 
– 
0.8 

3.1 
– 
2.9 

5.1
2.3
2.9

5.1
–
0.8

3.1
–
0.5

5.1
–
1.0

3.1
–
0.7

5.0
–
0.6

5 yr  

40

50

40

50

40

50

40

50 

40 

40 

50

50

1.  Expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the three or five year period respectively preceding the date of grant.  The risk free interest rate is the yield on zero-

coupon UK government bonds at the date of grant of the respective awards over a term consistent with the vesting period. 

(iii) All Employee Share Ownership Plan (“AESOP”) 
Carpetright operated an Employee Share Ownership Plan under which employees could contribute up to £125 per month from pre-tax 
salary to purchase Carpetright shares.  The scheme was closed on 12 January 2015 as there were fewer than 50 active participants.   
The Group does not incur a share based payment charge in respect of this scheme since the Company shares have been acquired  
at market value and are not subject to an accumulation period. 

98 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
98  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26.  Capital and other financial commitments 
Capital commitments at 29 April 2017 contracted for but not yet incurred are: 

Store equipment 
Intangibles 

Group
2017
 £m 
3.4
0.2
3.6

Group 
2016 
£m 
– 
– 
– 

Company
2017
£m 
0.2
0.2
0.4

Company
2016
£m 
–
–
–

27.  Operating lease commitments 
At 29 April 2017, the future minimum lease payments in respect of land and buildings and other assets under operating leases are: 

Group 
Operating leases payable: 

Amounts payable within one year 
Amounts payable between one and five years 
Amounts payable after five years 

Company 
Operating leases payable: 

Amounts payable within one year 
Amounts payable between one and five years 
Amounts payable after five years 

2017 

2016 

Land and
buildings
£m 

Other 
£m 

Land and
buildings
 £m 

79.6
263.5
188.8
531.9

2.2 
3.3 
– 
5.5 

81.1
281.4
236.8
599.3

2017 

2016 

Land and
buildings
£m 

Other 
£m 

Land and
buildings
 £m 

71.9
245.1
176.6
493.6

1.9 
2.9 
– 
4.8 

74.3
266.1
225.5
565.9

Other 
£m 

1.4
2.5
–
3.9

Other 
£m 

1.1
2.1
–
3.2

The Group’s operating leases have an average remaining length of 3 years (2016: 5 years).  The Group enters into sublease agreements in 
respect of some of its operating leases for stores.  At the reporting date, the Group had contracted with tenants for future minimum 
operating sublease receipts amounting to £8.5m (2016: £8.4m). 

28.  Contingent liabilities 
The Group has no material contingent liabilities at 29 April 2017. 

The Company’s contingent liabilities derive from guarantees for subsidiaries, which are disclosed in note 29. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

99
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  99 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
2016 

8.3
(7.1)
1.2

–
–
–

(0.1)
(2.2)
(2.3)

Cash 
flow 

Exchange 
differences 

Other 
non-cash 

3.9

0.3 

(13.0)
–
(13.0)

0.3
0.3

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

–

–
–
–

(0.2)
(0.2)

Total
2017 

12.5
(7.1)
5.4

(13.0)
–
(13.0)

(0.1)
(2.1)
(2.2)

(1.1)

(8.8)

0.3 

(0.2)

(9.8)

Total
2015 

7.3
(4.4)
2.9

–

(0.1)
(2.3)
(2.4)

Cash flow 

Exchange 
differences 

Other 
non-cash 

(2.1)

0.4 

–

–
0.2
0.2

– 

– 
– 
– 

–

–

–
(0.1)
(0.1)

Total
2016 

8.3
(7.1)
1.2

–
–
–

(0.1)
(2.2)
(2.3)

0.5

(1.9)

0.4 

(0.1)

(1.1)

Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

29.  Net (debt)/cash 

Group £m 
Current assets: 
Cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet 
Bank overdraft 
Cash and cash equivalents in the cash flow statement 

Current liabilities: 
Current borrowing 
Non – Current borrowing 

Obligations under finance leases: 
Current obligations under finance leases 
Non-current obligations under finance leases 

Derivative financial instruments 
Total net (debt)/cash 

Group £m 
Current assets: 
Cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet 
Bank overdraft 
Cash and cash equivalents in the cash flow statement 

Current liabilities: 
Current borrowing 
Non – Current borrowing 

Obligations under finance leases: 
Current obligations under finance leases 
Non-current obligations under finance leases 

Derivative financial instruments 
Total net (debt)/cash 

100 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
100 |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30.  Related parties 

Group 
The Group considers key management to be the Executive Directors only, details of directors’ emoluments and share based payments are 
disclosed on pages 52 to 57 of the Directors’ report. 

Costs incurred by the Group to administer pension schemes amounted to £0.3m in 2017 (2016: £0.2m). 

Company 
The following table provides the total amount of transactions and year end balances with related parties for the relevant financial year. 

Subsidiary undertakings 
2017 
2016 

A full list of subsidiaries is detailed in note 13. 

Sales of 
goods 
£m 

Provision 
of services 
£m 

Amounts due 
from related 
parties 
£m 

Amounts due 
to related 
parties 
£m 

Total  
£m 

1.1
1.5

0.6
0.6

1.7 
2.1 

41.7
42.9

9.6
9.1

The Company guarantees bank and other borrowings of subsidiary undertakings.  At the period-end there were nil drawn borrowings  
(2016: nil). 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

101
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  101 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Group five-year financial summary 

Summarised income statements: 
Revenue 
Gross profit 
Operating profit/(loss) 
Underlying operating profit 
Net finance costs 
Underlying profit before tax 
Separately reported items 
Profit/(loss) before tax 
Tax 
Profit/(loss) for the financial period 
Extracts from balance sheets: 
Non-current assets 
Net assets 
Operating cash flows 
Net cash/(debt) 
Ratios and statistics: 
Number of stores at period end 
Total space (sq ft – gross) ‘000 
Gross margin (%) 
Underlying operating margin (%) 
Operating margin (%) 
Underlying earnings per share (pence) 
Basic earnings/(losses) per share (pence) 

2017
£m 

2016
£m 

2015 
£m 

2014
£m 

2013
£m 

457.6
269.4
2.9
16.4
(2.0)
14.4
(13.5)
0.9
(0.2)
0.7

176.9
78.0
7.7
(9.8)

564
5,051
58.9%
3.6%
0.6%
16.4p
1.0p

456.8
274.2
14.8
20.3
(2.0)
18.3
(5.5)
12.8
(2.7)
10.1

169.0
74.0
13.3
(1.1)

572
5,150
60.0%
4.4%
3.2%
20.8p
14.9p

469.8 
287.2 
8.2 
15.8 
(1.6) 
14.2 
(7.6) 
6.6 
(2.1) 
4.5 

171.4 
59.5 
25.1 
0.5 

597 
5,444 
61.1% 
3.4% 
1.7% 
15.5p 
6.7p 

447.7
275.9
(4.9)
6.9
(2.3)
4.6
(11.8)
(7.2)
3.6
(3.6)

185.4
61.1
11.3
(11.1)

614
5,630
61.6%
1.5%
(1.1%)
4.7p
(5.3p)

457.6
278.3
(3.4)
11.4
(1.7)
9.7
(14.8)
(5.1)
(1.5)
(6.6)

193.0
65.3
17.4
(10.2)

620
5,719
60.8%
2.5%
(0.7%)
9.6p
(9.8p)

102 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
102 |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent auditors’ report 

to the members of Carpetright plc 

Report on the financial statements 

Our opinion 
In our opinion: 

−  Carpetright plc’s group financial statements and company financial 
statements (the “financial statements”) give a true and fair view of 
the state of the group’s and of the company’s affairs as at 29 April 
2017 and of the group’s profit and the group’s and the company’s 
cash flows for the 52 week period (the “period”) then ended; 
−  the group financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRSs”) as adopted by the European Union; 

−  the company financial statements have been properly prepared 

in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union and 
as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies 
Act 2006; and 

−  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 

the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 
group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 

What we have audited 
The financial statements, included within the Annual Report and 
Accounts (the “Annual Report”), comprise: 

−  the Group and Company Balance sheets as at 29 April 2017; 
−  the Consolidated income statement and Consolidated statement 

of comprehensive income for the period then ended; 

−  the Group and Company Statements of cash flow for the period 

then ended; 

−  the Group and Company Statements of changes in equity for the 

period then ended; and 

−  the notes to the financial statements, which include a summary 

of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information. 

Certain required disclosures have been presented elsewhere in the 
Annual Report, rather than in the notes to the financial statements.  
These are cross-referenced from the financial statements and are 
identified as audited. 

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the 
preparation of the financial statements is IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union, and applicable law and, as regards the company 
financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of 
the Companies Act 2006. 

Our audit approach 

Overview 

Materiality

–  Overall Group materiality: £2.3m, which represents 0.5% of Group revenues. 

Audit scope

–  We performed a full scope audit of the UK and Republic of Ireland segments which accounted for 

85% of the Group revenues and 57% of the Group’s profit. 

Areas of 
focus

–  Valuation of goodwill in Europe (The Netherlands and Belgium). 
–  Impairment of freehold and long-leasehold properties (Europe and UK). 
–  Impairment of store assets and onerous leases. 

The scope of our audit and our areas of focus 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) (“ISAs (UK & Ireland)”). 

We designed our audit by determining materiality and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.  In particular, 
we looked at where the directors made subjective judgments, for example in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved 
making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain.  As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of 
management override of internal controls, including evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by the directors that represented a risk of 
material misstatement due to fraud.  

The risks of material misstatement that had the greatest effect on our audit, including the allocation of our resources and effort, are identified 
as “areas of focus” in the table below.  We have also set out how we tailored our audit to address these specific areas in order to provide 
an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures should be read in this 
context.  This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.  

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

103
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  103 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
Financial statements continued 

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Carpetright plc continued 

Area of focus 

  How our audit addressed the area of focus 

Valuation of goodwill in Europe (the Netherlands and 
Belgium) 
Refer to Note 1 (Accounting policies and Critical accounting 
estimates and judgments), Note 10 (Intangible assets) and to the 
Audit Committee Report on page 37. 

Goodwill is valued at £53.6m at the period end.  No goodwill 
impairment charge has been recorded against this balance in the 
current period. 

We focused on the risk that the goodwill balance may be overstated 
and that an impairment charge may be required. 

The lowest level at which the directors monitor goodwill is the “UK”, 
defined as the UK and the Republic of Ireland, and “Europe”, defined 
as the Netherlands and Belgium.  Therefore these have been 
identified as the cash-generating units (“CGU’s”).  The Group’s 
goodwill in the UK is £29.8m and in Europe it is £23.8m at the 
period end. 

We focused on valuation of goodwill in Europe in particular because 
of the historical trading performance in this CGU and because of the 
judgment required in the impairment assessment.  

The assumptions made by the directors in the annual impairment 
review included: 

−  the growth and operating margin within the five year plan as applied 

to each CGU; 

−  the Group discount rate (pre-tax 7.8%); and 
−  the long-term sales and operating profit growth in line with the 

floorings markets in the UK and in Europe. 

  We tested the value-in-use models, including comparing the 

forecasts used in them to the latest five year plan approved by the 
Board, and testing the underlying calculations.  No material 
exceptions were noted. 

We challenged the directors’ key assumptions, in particular: 

−  the sales growth and margin improvement plans by comparing 

these assumptions to recent results for Netherlands and Belgium 
and to third party analysts’ reports, market data, the general state 
of the economy and anticipated growth, to assess their 
reasonableness.  

−  the long-term growth rate by comparing the assumptions to the 
retail sector as a whole and forecasts for the wider economy; and

−  the discount rate used by assessing the cost of capital for the 
business.  The discount rate used in the directors’ impairment 
models of 7.8% (pre-tax discount rate) is within the range that we 
independently estimated based on market data and analysis of 
comparable companies.  

We performed sensitivity analyses, for the assumptions specified 
above to identify the extent to which these needed to change to 
result in a material impairment charge. 

Based on our knowledge of the business and of the retail industry 
amongst other factors, we considered the likelihood for changes of 
the required magnitude in the key assumptions to result in a 
material impairment to be relatively low.  We also considered that 
the disclosure made in the financial statements regarding the 
assumptions and the sensitivities drew appropriate attention to the 
more significant areas of judgment. 

Impairment of freehold and long-leasehold properties 
(Europe and UK) 
Refer to Note 1 (Accounting policies and Critical accounting 
estimates and judgments), Note 11 (Property, plant and equipment) 
and to the Audit Committee Report on page 35. 

  We tested the directors’ assessment of impairment triggers 

and were satisfied that it appropriately took into account both 
internal and external impairment indicators, including the trading 
performance of each cash generating unit (“CGU”) and 
market conditions. 

The Group owns freehold and long-leasehold stores in the UK and in 
Europe.  We focused on the risk that the carrying value of the 
properties, including the fixed assets attributable to these stores, 
may be overstated and that an impairment charge may be required.

In determining whether impairment triggers existed at the period 
end, the directors treat each store as a separate cash-generating 
unit (“CGU”) and valued it at the higher of the value in use 
calculations or the market value of the properties and their assets. 

The value-in-use calculations are based on a five year perpetuity 
model using the growth assumptions within the five year plan as 
applied to each store, with the resulting cash flows discounted at 
the Group discount rate (pre-tax 7.8%). 

When properties are subdivided and sublet to third parties, the 
sublet income is taken into account in the model. 

The fair values are taken from third party valuations carried out 
by an independent valuer in November 2014; these valuations 
are based on market value assuming a ten year sale and 
leaseback arrangement. 

We assessed the third party valuations based on our 
understanding of the UK and European commercial property 
market and an independent analysis performed by our property 
valuation experts to confirm that the main assumptions used in 
the estimation of the market value were still valid and updated. 
Our analysis found that there had been a slight deterioration in the 
commercial property market from December 2014 to April 2017.  
We sensitised the Impairment model based on this deterioration 
and no material impairments were noted. 

We found the methodology to be appropriate for fair value and 
the valuation to be reasonable at the period end. 

We tested the value-in-use models, including comparing the 
forecasts used in them to the latest five year plan approved by 
the Board, and tested the underlying calculations.  No material 
exceptions were noted. 

104 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
104 |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Area of focus 

  How our audit addressed the area of focus 

This review resulted in an impairment reversal of £2.2m in the 
current period. 

We focused on this area because of the size of the underlying assets 
and because of the significant judgment required in determining the 
value in use of each store, particularly regarding the sales and 
operating margins growth rates, and discount rates. 

  We challenged the directors’ key assumptions, in particular:

−  the sales growth and margin improvement plans by comparing 
these assumptions to recent results for the Group and to third 
party analysts’ reports, market data, the general state of the 
economy and anticipated growth, to assess their reasonableness; 

−  the long-term growth rate by comparing the assumptions to the 
retail sector as a whole and forecasts of the wider economy; and 
−  the discount rate by assessing the cost of capital for the Group.  
The discount rate used in the directors’ impairment models of 
7.8% (pre-tax discount rate) is within the range that we 
independently estimated based on market data and analysis 
of comparable companies.  

We performed sensitivity analysis and noted that in order for 
a material impairment charge to arise, the key assumptions 
specified above would need to change significantly.  Based on 
our knowledge of the business and of the retail industry amongst 
other factors, we considered that the likelihood for such changes 
in the key assumptions to be relatively low. 

Impairment of store assets and onerous leases 
Refer to Note 1 (Accounting policies and Critical accounting 
estimates and judgments), Note 11 (Property, plant and equipment), 
Note 20 (Provisions for liabilities and charges) and to the Audit 
Committee Report on page 35. 

The Group operates a number of short leasehold stores.  The assets 
relating to these stores mainly comprise leasehold improvements 
and fixtures and fittings.  These are considered for impairment 
annually by reviewing loss making stores.  For all stores where the 
loss in the year exceeded a specified threshold, the store assets 
were fully impaired (£0.4m impairment). 

Furthermore, consideration was given to leases where the stores 
have been closed or are loss-making to the extent that they cannot 
cover their unavoidable property costs and are therefore classified as 
onerous leases. 

An analysis is performed on a store-by-store basis of the excess of 
the Net Present Value (“NPV”) of forecast unavoidable property costs 
(rents, rates and service charges) over the forecast earnings before 
interest, taxation, depreciation, amortisation, rents, rates and service 
charges (“EBITDAR”). 

The NPV is calculated using the growth assumptions within the five 
year plan as applied to each store, with the resulting cash flows 
discounted at the risk free rate. 

This analysis is then assessed for other factors such as performance 
improvement plans potential property deals or closure of nearby 
stores which should positively impact the poorer performing store. 

This amount is then extrapolated over an appropriate period which 
ranges from three years to the end of the lease depending on the 
individual circumstances of the store.   

A provision of £17.5m was held at the period end for the 
onerous leases. 

  We tested the directors’ assessment of impairment triggers for the 
store assets.  We challenged the key assumptions – namely that 
stores making a loss below a certain threshold are excluded from 
the model as directors’ view is that, as an improvement plan is in 
place and given the level of loss at these stores they are not 
permanently impaired. 

The potential impairment if all stores were included is not material 
and, therefore, there is minimal judgment in the impairment 
calculation resulting from this assumption. 

With respect to the provision for onerous leases, we checked 
that stores assessed for onerous leases are those that were 
identified, and whose assets were impaired, following the store 
impairment review. 

We tested the NPV models, including comparing the forecasts 
included to the latest five year plan approved by the Board, 
and testing the underlying calculations.  No material exceptions 
were noted. 

The provision also takes into account management’s best estimate 
as to the timeframe required to exit each loss-making store which 
is clearly judgmental.  The provision takes into account other 
factors, such as potential property transactions.  We assessed 
these judgments, including agreeing to the underlying third party 
draft contracts where appropriate. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

105
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  105 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Carpetright plc continued 

How we tailored the audit scope 
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a 
whole, taking into account the geographic structure of the Group, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which the 
Group operates.  

The Group is structured across two segments, being the UK and Rest of Europe, with the majority of trading occurring in the UK segment.  
The Rest of Europe segment comprises three reporting units, being the Republic of Ireland, the Netherlands and Belgium. 

In establishing the overall approach to the Group audit, we identified that the UK segment and the Republic of Ireland reporting units 
required an audit of their complete financial information as they form part of Carpetright plc Company.  This was performed by the Group 
audit team.  

The Group team assessed the appropriateness, completeness and accuracy of group journals and other adjustments performed on the 
consolidation and obtained an understanding of internal control environment related to the financial reporting process.  For the Netherlands 
and Belgium reporting units, which were not individually significant to the Group, the Group audit team have performed audit procedures on 
a number of judgmental areas.  These include testing the onerous lease provision and impairment testing of goodwill, freehold and long 
leasehold properties and store assets. 

Materiality 
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality.  We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality.  These, 
together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit 
procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually 
and on the financial statements as a whole.  

Based on our professional judgment, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows: 

Overall Group materiality 
How we determined it 
Rationale for benchmark applied  Consistent with the prior period, we have used revenues as a benchmark given the high level of fixed 

£2.3m (2016: £2.3m). 
0.5% of Group revenues. 

costs in the business and because a small fluctuation in revenue can result in a significant fluctuation of 
profit before tax.  Revenue is also the primary measure used by the shareholders in assessing the 
performance of the Group and reporting to the stakeholders. 

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £0.1m (2016: £0.1m) 
as well as misstatements below that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons. 

Going concern 
Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the directors’ statement, set out on page 25, in relation to going concern.  We have 
nothing to report having performed our review.  

Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you if we have anything material to add or to draw attention to in relation to the 
directors’ statement about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.  
We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to.  

As noted in the directors’ statement, the directors have concluded that it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the 
financial statements.  The going concern basis presumes that the Group and company have adequate resources to remain in operation, 
and that the directors intend them to do so, for at least one year from the date the financial statements were signed.  As part of our audit 
we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis is appropriate.  However, because not all future events or conditions 
can be predicted, these statements are not a guarantee as to the Group’s and company’s ability to continue as a going concern. 

106 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
106 |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
 
 
Other required reporting 

Consistency of other information and compliance with applicable requirements 
Companies Act 2006 opinions 
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit: 

−  The information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial period for which the financial statements are prepared 

is consistent with the financial statements; and 

−  The Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements. 

In addition, in light of the knowledge and understanding of the group, the company and their environment obtained in the course of the 
audit, we are required to report if we have identified any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report.  We have 
nothing to report in this respect. 

ISAs (UK & Ireland) reporting 
Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: 

–  Information in the Annual Report is: 

–  materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial statements; or 
–  apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, our knowledge of the Group and 

company acquired in the course of performing our audit; or 

–  otherwise misleading. 

–  The statement given by the directors on page 32, in accordance with provision C.1.1 of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (the “Code”), that they consider the Annual Report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides the information necessary for members to assess the Group’s and 
company’s position and performance, business model and strategy is materially inconsistent with our 
knowledge of the Group and company acquired in the course of performing our audit 

We have no 
exceptions  
to report. 

We have no 
exceptions  
to report. 

–  The section of the Annual Report on page 35 ot 38, as required by provision C.3.8 of the Code, describing 

the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters communicated by us to the 
Audit Committee 

We have no 
exceptions  
to report. 

The directors’ assessment of the prospects of the Group and of the principal risks that would threaten the solvency  
or liquidity of the Group 

Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you if we have anything material to add or to draw attention to in relation to: 

–  The directors’ confirmation on pages 24 and 32 of the Annual Report, in accordance with provision C.2.1 of 
the Code, that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, including 
those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.. 

–  The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed  

or mitigated. 

–  The directors’ explanation on page 25 of the Annual Report, in accordance with provision C.2.2 of the Code, 
as to how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period they have done so and why they 
consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation 
that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of 
their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or 
assumptions. 

We have nothing 
material to add or  
to draw attention to.

We have nothing 
material to add or  
to draw attention to.

We have nothing 
material to add or  
to draw attention to.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the directors’ statement that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal 
risks facing the Group and the directors’ statement in relation to the longer-term viability of the Group.  Our review was substantially less in 
scope than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting their statements; checking 
that the statements are in alignment with the relevant provisions of the Code; and considering whether the statements are consistent with 
the knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing our audit.  We have nothing to report having performed our review. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

107
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  107 

Financial statementsStrategic reportShareholder informationDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Carpetright plc continued 

Adequacy of accounting records and information and explanations received 
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: 

−  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or 
−  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches 

not visited by us; or 

−  the company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting 

records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.  

Directors’ remuneration 
Directors’ remuneration report – Companies Act 2006 opinion 
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with  
the Companies Act 2006. 

Other Companies Act 2006 reporting 
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion, certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by 
law are not made.  We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.  

Corporate governance statement 
Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to ten further provisions  
of the Code.  We have nothing to report having performed our review. 

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit 

Our responsibilities and those of the Directors 
As explained more fully in the Statement of directors’ responsibilities in respect of the financial statements set out on pages 62 to 63, the 
directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. 

Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and ISAs (UK & Ireland).  
Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors. 

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of 
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose.  We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any 
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our 
prior consent in writing. 

What an audit of financial statements involves 
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance 
that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error.  This includes an assessment of:  

−  whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Group’s and the company’s circumstances and have been consistently applied and 

adequately disclosed;  

−  the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the directors; and 
−  the overall presentation of the financial statements.  

We primarily focus our work in these areas by assessing the directors’ judgments against available evidence, forming our own judgments, 
and evaluating the disclosures in the financial statements. 

We test and examine information, using sampling and other auditing techniques, to the extent we consider necessary to provide a 
reasonable basis for us to draw conclusions.  We obtain audit evidence through testing the effectiveness of controls, substantive 
procedures or a combination of both.  

In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information in the Annual Report to identify material inconsistencies with the audited 
financial statements and to identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, the 
knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing the audit.  If we become aware of any apparent material misstatements or 
inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.  With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we consider 
whether those reports include the disclosures required by applicable legal requirements. 

Julian Jenkins (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
London 
26 June 2017 

108 |  Annual report and accounts 2017
108 |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

 
Strategic report

Directors’ report

Financial statements

Shareholder information

Shareholder information 

Calendar  

2017 
Annual General Meeting 
First-half trading update 
First-half ends 
Interim results announcement 

2018 
Q3 trading update 
Pre-close trading update 
Year ends 

Advisers 

Financial advisers 
Deutsche Bank AG 
1 Great Winchester Street 
London 
EC2N 2DB 

Solicitors 
Travers Smith LLP 
10 Snow Hill 
London 
EC1A 2AL 

7 September
24 October
28 October
12 December

 23 January
24 April
28 April

Registrars 
Computershare Investor Services plc 
The Pavilions 
Bridgwater Road 
Bristol 
BS99 6ZY 

Company secretary and 
registered office 
Jeremy Sampson 
Carpetright plc 
Purfleet Bypass 
Purfleet 
Essex 
RM19 1TT 
Telephone: 01708 802000 

Registered in England & Wales with number 
2294875 

Stockbrokers 
Deutsche Bank AG 
1 Great Winchester Street 
London 
EC2N 2DB 

Peel Hunt 
111 Old Broad Street 
London 
EC2N 1PH 

Independent auditors 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and  
Statutory Auditors 
1 Embankment Place 
London 
WC2N 6RH 

Bankers 
National Westminster Bank plc 
Tooting Branch 
30 Tooting High Street 
London 
SW17 0RG 

This Report is printed on Image Indigo 
uncoated paper.

It is produced at a mill that is certified with 
ISO 14001 and EU Ecolabel environmental 
standards. The paper is also Elemental 
Chlorine Free and FSC® Certified.

Printed at Principal Colour Ltd, ISO 14001 
and FSC® certified.

Designed and produced by Black Sun Plc 
www.blacksunplc.com

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

109
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C

a

r

p

e

t

r

i

g

h

t

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

a

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

7

Carpetright plc
Purfleet Bypass
Purfleet, Essex RM19 1TT
Telephone +44 (0)1708 802000
www.carpetright.co.uk
www.carpetright.plc.uk